10-K 1 d444243d10k.htm FORM 10-K Form 10-K
Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 10-K

 

 

 

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended DECEMBER 31, 2012

Commission file number: 000-23777

 

 

PENSECO FINANCIAL SERVICES CORPORATION

 

 

STATE OF INCORPORATION: COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA

I.R.S. EMPLOYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER: 23-2939222

150 NORTH WASHINGTON AVENUE

SCRANTON, PENNSYLVANIA 18503-1848

TELEPHONE NUMBER 570-346-7741

SECURITIES REGISTERED UNDER

SECTION 12(g) OF THE ACT

Common Stock, Par Value $ .01 per share

 

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  ¨    No  x

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes  ¨    No  x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨    Accelerated filer   x
Non-accelerated filer   ¨  (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).    Yes  ¨    No  x

The aggregate market value of the Company’s voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant on June 30, 2012, based on the closing price of such stock on that date, equals approximately $107,066,400.

The number of shares of common stock outstanding as of March 8, 2013 equals 3,276,079.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the Corporation’s definitive proxy statement relating to the 2013 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, to be held on May 7, 2013, are incorporated by reference in Part III.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

PART 1

     

ITEM 1.

  

BUSINESS

     3   

ITEM 1A.

  

RISK FACTORS

     18   

ITEM 1B.

  

UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

     25   

ITEM 2.

  

PROPERTIES

     25   

ITEM 3.

  

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

     26   

ITEM 4.

  

MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

     26   

PART II

     

ITEM 5.

  

MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

     26   

ITEM 6.

  

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

     28   

ITEM 7.

  

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     29   

ITEM 7A.

  

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

     52   

ITEM 8.

  

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

     54   

ITEM 9.

  

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

     99   

ITEM 9A.

  

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

     99   

ITEM 9B.

  

OTHER INFORMATION

     102   

PART III

     

ITEM 10.

  

DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

     102   

ITEM 11.

  

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     102   

ITEM 12.

  

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

     102   

ITEM 13.

  

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

     102   

ITEM 14.

  

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

     102   

PART IV

     

ITEM 15.

  

EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

     103   

SIGNATURES

        106   

EXHIBIT 21.1

     

EXHIBIT 23.1

     

EXHIBIT 31.1

     

EXHIBIT 31.2

     

 

2


Table of Contents

FORWARD LOOKING INFORMATION

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements that are based on assumptions and may describe future plans, strategies and expectations of Penseco Financial Services Corporation and its direct and indirect subsidiaries. These forward-looking statements are generally identified by use of the words “believe,” “expect,” “intend,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “project” or similar expressions. Penseco Financial Services Corporation’s ability to predict results or the actual effect of future plans or strategies is inherently uncertain. Factors which could have a material adverse effect on the operations include, but are not limited to, changes in interest rates, national and regional economic conditions, legislative and regulatory changes, monetary and fiscal policies of the U.S. government, including policies of the U.S. Department of Treasury and the Federal Reserve System, the quality and composition of the loan or investment portfolios, demand for loan products, deposit flows, competition, demand for financial services in Penseco Financial Services Corporation’s market area, changes in the values of real estate and other collateral, particularly in our market area, changes in relevant accounting principles and guidelines and inability of third party service providers to perform. Additional factors that may affect our results are discussed in Item 1A to this Annual Report on Form 10-K titled “Risk Factors”.

These risks and uncertainties should be considered in evaluating forward-looking statements and undue reliance should not be placed on such statements. Except as required by applicable law or regulation, Penseco Financial Services Corporation does not undertake, and specifically disclaims any obligation, to release publicly the result of any revisions that may be made to any forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date of the statements or to reflect the occurrence of anticipated or unanticipated events.

All information is presented in thousands of dollars, except as indicated and per share amounts are based on weighted average shares outstanding in each period. Net interest margin is stated on a tax equivalency yield.

PART I

 

ITEM 1. BUSINESS.

GENERAL

PENSECO FINANCIAL SERVICES CORPORATION, which is headquartered in Scranton, Pennsylvania, was formed under the general corporation laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania in 1997 and is registered as a financial holding company. Unless the context indicates otherwise, all references in this report to the “Company,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Penseco Financial Services Corporation and its direct and indirect subsidiaries. The Company became a holding company upon the acquisition of all of the outstanding shares of Penn Security Bank and Trust Company (referred to as the “Bank”), a Pennsylvania state-chartered bank, on December 31, 1997. The Company is subject to supervision by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, or the “Federal Reserve Board.” The Bank, as a state-chartered financial institution, is subject to supervision, regulation and examination by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and the Pennsylvania Department of Banking.

The Bank is a full service community bank operating thirteen branch offices in Lackawanna, Luzerne, Monroe and Wayne Counties of Pennsylvania serving principally the communities of Scranton, Clarks Summit, Old Forge, Moscow, Stroudsburg, East Stroudsburg and Mount Pocono. The Company’s principal banking office is located at 150 North Washington Avenue, Scranton, Pennsylvania, containing trust, investor services, marketing, audit, human resources, executive, data processing, central loan processing and central bookkeeping offices.

ACQUISITION OF OLD FORGE BANK

On April 1, 2009, the Company completed its acquisition of Old Forge Bank in a cash and stock transaction valued at approximately $55.5 million (the “Merger”). The Merger was accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting and, accordingly, the assets and liabilities of Old Forge Bank have been recorded at their respective fair values on the date the Merger was completed. Old Forge Bank was merged into Penn Security Bank and Trust Company in a two-step transaction. An aggregate of 1,128,079 shares of Company common stock and approximately $17.4 million in cash was paid to former Old Forge Bank shareholders, resulting in goodwill of $26.4 million.

 

3


Table of Contents

The following table reflects net income from accretion and amortization, net of taxes, of acquisition date fair value adjustments relating to the Merger included in the Company’s financial results during the periods indicated.

 

Years Ended December 31,

   2012     2011     2010  

Homogeneous loan pools (interest income)

   $ 413      $ 525      $ 633   

Time deposits (interest expense)

     26        91        185   

Core deposit intangible expense (other operating expense)

     (176     (201     (225
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income from acquisition fair value adjustment

   $ 263      $ 415      $ 593   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table sets forth certain financial information regarding the Company at and for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010:

 

      2012     2011*     2010*  

Interest Income

   $ 37,591      $ 39,707      $ 41,745   

Interest Expense

     5,362        7,339        8,356   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Interest Income

     32,229        32,368        33,389   

Provision for Loan and Lease Losses

     924        2,381        1,999   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Interest Income after Provision for Loan and Lease Losses

     31,305        29,987        31,390   

Non-Interest Income

     11,441        12,619        12,152   

Non-Interest Expenses

     29,099        29,041        28,689   

Income Taxes

     3,058        3,034        3,287   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income

   $ 10,589      $ 10,531      $ 11,566   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per Share - Basic

   $ 3.23      $ 3.21      $ 3.53   

Earnings per Share - Diluted

   $ 3.23      $ 3.21      $ 3.53   

Total Revenue

   $ 49,032      $ 52,326      $ 53,897   

Net Interest Margin (1)

     4.05     4.02     4.39

BALANCE SHEET AMOUNTS:

      

Assets

   $ 918,042      $ 925,532      $ 916,837   

Investment Securities

   $ 177,293      $ 191,208      $ 217,044   

Net Loans

   $ 616,580      $ 624,811      $ 608,605   

Deposits

   $ 721,948      $ 720,518      $ 691,032   

Long-Term Borrowings

   $ 45,397      $ 58,220      $ 68,835   

Stockholders’ Equity

   $ 132,446      $ 127,333      $ 120,466   

 

(1) Net interest margin is presented on a tax equivalent basis. See page 36 for a description of the tax equivalent adjustments.
* - as restated see Note 28

Net income for 2012 increased $58, or 0.6% to $10,589, or $3.23 per basic and diluted weighted average share, compared with $10,531, or $3.21, per basic and diluted weighted average share, from 2011. Net interest income decreased $139, or 0.4%. Net interest margin increased to 4.05% for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to 4.02% for the year ended December 31, 2011. Net interest income, after provision for loan and lease losses, increased $1,318, or 4.4%, during 2012, due to a reduction in interest expense of $1,977, or 26.9%, from lower funding costs and lower average balances of time deposits and borrowings, and a $1,457, or 61.2%, decrease in the provision for loan and lease losses, offset by a decrease in interest income of $2,116, or 5.3%. The decrease in interest income was primarily attributable to investment and loan cash flows being reinvested in securities that have historically low yields, including excess reserve deposits held at the Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia. Non-interest income decreased $1,178, or 9.3%, primarily due to income recorded in connection with the reversal of a contingent liability of $500 during 2011. The Company recognized no impairment losses in 2012 as compared to $78 in 2011 related to the Bank’s equity investment portfolio. Non-interest expenses increased $58, or 0.2%.

 

4


Table of Contents

Net income for 2011 was $10,531, or $3.21 per basic and diluted weighted average share, compared with $11,566, or $3.53 per basic and diluted weighted average share, from 2010, a decrease of $1,035, or 8.9%. Net interest income decreased $1,021, or 3.1%. Net interest margin decreased to 4.02% for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to 4.39% for the year ended December 31, 2010. Net interest income, after provision for loan and lease losses, decreased $1,403, or 4.5%, during 2011, due to a decrease in interest income of $2,038, or 4.9%, an increase in the provision for loan and lease losses of $382, or 19.1%, offset by reduced interest expense of $1,017, or 12.2%, from lower funding costs. The decrease in interest income was primarily attributable to investment and loan cash flows being reinvested in securities that have historically low yields. Non-interest income increased $467, or 3.8%, primarily as a result of the reversal of a $500 contingent liability recorded in connection with the Merger. The Company recognized impairment losses of $78 in 2011 as compared to none in 2010 related to the Bank’s equity investment portfolio. Non-interest expenses increased $352, or 1.2%, due to increases in salaries and employee benefits and other operating expenses offset by reduced FDIC insurance expense.

In 2012, the local economy continued to experience the effects of our nation’s economic downturn. The local housing market remained weak and the unemployment rate in Northeastern Pennsylvania increased to 9.5% at year-end (compared to 8.9% at December 31, 2011) according to the Pennsylvania Department of Labor & Industry.

The table below sets forth our provision for loan and lease losses and certain ratios for the three most recently completed fiscal years:

 

     2012     2011     2010  

Provision for loan and lease losses

   $ 924      $ 2,381      $ 1,999   

Period end allowance for loan and lease losses to non-performing loans

     304.82     211.97     161.13

Non-performing loans to period end loans

     0.37     0.50     0.66

Ratio of charge-off loans to average outstanding loans

     0.13     0.37     0.30

Ratio of foreclosed loans to average outstanding loans

     0.18     0.38     0.19

The amount and number of charge-offs and foreclosures at and for the fiscal years indicated are as follows:

 

     2012             2011             2010         
     Amount      (#)      Amount      (#)      Amount      (#)  

Charge-offs

   $ 817         65       $ 2,300         90       $ 1,838         102   

Foreclosures completed

     1,138         12         2,370         14         1,183         6   

Non-performing loans

     2,280         68         3,166         77         4,034         70   

There were no purchased loans in 2012, 2011 or 2010 other than loan participations with local banks in the Bank’s primary market area. Originations of new loans in 2012 were primarily in commercial and commercial real estate loans, which have been areas of focus for the Bank in recent years.

MARKET AREA AND COMPETITIVE CONDITIONS

The Bank considers Monroe, Lackawanna, Wayne and Luzerne Counties in Northeastern Pennsylvania to be its primary market area. The Bank operates in a competitive environment in which it must compete with many local independent banks as well as several banks that are affiliates or branches of very large regional and national holding companies. The competition includes commercial banks, savings and loan associations, credit unions, other lending institutions and mortgage originators.

The following table sets forth the percentage of deposits held by the Bank in each of the counties comprising its primary market area as of June 30, 2012, the latest date for which information is available, and June 30, 2011:

 

     June 30, 2012     June 30, 2011  

Monroe

     2.07     1.97

Lackawanna

     12.82     13.56

Wayne

     1.36     1.31

Luzerne

     0.48     0.39

The principal competitive factors among the Company’s competitors can be grouped into two categories: pricing and services. In the Company’s primary service area, interest rates on deposits, especially time deposits, and interest rates and fees charged to customers

 

5


Table of Contents

on loans are very competitive. In the current economic environment there is increased competition in view of weaker loan demand. From a service perspective, the Bank competes in areas such as convenience of location, types of services offered, service costs and banking hours. Among other things, our profitability depends on our continued ability to compete successfully in our market area.

LENDING AND DEPOSIT PRODUCTS

Through its banking subsidiary, the Company generates interest income from its loan and investment securities portfolios. Other income is generated primarily from merchant transaction fees, trust fees and service charges on deposit accounts. The Company’s primary costs are interest paid on deposits and borrowings and general operating expenses. The Company provides a variety of commercial and retail banking services to business, non-profits, governmental, municipal agencies and professional customers, as well as retail customers, on a personalized basis. The Company’s primary lending products are real estate, commercial and consumer loans. The Company also offers ATM access, credit cards, active investment accounts, trust department services and other various lending, depository and related financial services. The Company’s primary deposit products are savings and demand deposit accounts and certificates of deposit. The Company also offers securities sold under agreements to repurchase as an alternative to conventional savings deposits for its customers. The securities sold under agreements to repurchase are accounted for as a collateralized borrowing with a one day maturity and are collateralized by U.S. Agency securities. At December 31, 2012, the Company had aggregate securities sold under agreements to repurchase with balances of approximately $8.0 million.

The table presented below indicates the composition of the Company’s loan portfolio at the dates specified:

 

December 31,

   2012            2011            2010         

Commercial secured by real estate

   $ 217,496         34.9   $ 208,875         33.1   $ 207,964         33.8

Residential real estate

     261,912         42.0     281,643         44.6     295,301         48.0

Commercial and industrial

     56,396         9.1     55,482         8.8     36,190         5.9

Consumer

     52,398         8.4     52,816         8.4     55,862         9.1

States & political subdivisions

     22,586         3.6     23,110         3.6     9,882         1.6

All other

     12,742         2.0     9,596         1.5     9,906         1.6
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loans, net of unearned income

   $ 623,530         100.0   $ 631,522         100.0   $ 615,105         100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loans secured by real estate, including both residential and commercial, represent the largest portion of the loan portfolio and have declined slightly in terms of the percentage of the Company’s loan portfolio representing 77%, 78%, and 82% for the years ended 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively. Consumer loans represented 8% of the loan portfolio at December 31, 2012. Commercial and industrial loans have increased as a percentage of the loan portfolio, representing 9%, 9% and 6% at December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Our loan portfolio is comprised primarily of residential and commercial mortgage loans secured by real estate in our Northeastern Pennsylvania market area. As of December 31, 2012, less than 5% of the loan portfolio was comprised of loans to entities located outside our market area.

At December 31, 2012, the loan portfolio was comprised of approximately $253.4 million, or 40.6%, of fixed rate loans and $370.1 million, or 59.4%, of adjustable rate loans.

The Company is not dependent upon a single customer, or a few customers, the loss of one or more of which would have a material adverse effect on its operations. In the ordinary course of our business, our operations and earnings are not materially affected by seasonal changes or by Federal, state or local environmental laws or regulations.

Lending Activities

The Bank offers a variety of loans including commercial, residential and consumer loans as described above. The consumer portfolio includes automobile loans, educational loans and lines of credit. Since 2008, the Company has discontinued originating educational loans. During 2012, the commercial real estate portfolio increased slightly despite the weakened economy, and at December 31, 2012 and 2011, it comprised 34.9% and 33.1% of our total loan portfolio, respectively.

The Company intends to continue to evaluate commercial real estate, commercial business and governmental lending opportunities, including small business lending. The Bank continues to proactively monitor and manage existing credit relationships.

 

6


Table of Contents

The Company has not engaged in sub-prime residential mortgage lending, which is defined as mortgage loans advanced to borrowers who do not qualify for market interest rates because of problems with their credit history. The Company focuses its lending efforts within its market area.

One-to-Four Family Residential Loans. The Bank offers two types of residential mortgage loans: fixed-rate loans, with terms of up to 30 years, and adjustable-rate loans, with interest rates and payments that adjust annually after an initial fixed period of one, three or five years. Interest rates and payments on our adjustable-rate loans generally are adjusted to a rate equal to a percentage above the appropriate U.S. Treasury Security Index. The Bank’s adjustable-rate single-family residential real estate loans generally have a cap of 2% on any increase or decrease in the interest rate at any adjustment date, and a maximum adjustment limit of 6% on any such increase or decrease over the life of the loan. Although the Bank does offer adjustable-rate loans with initial rates below the fully indexed rate, loans tied to the one-year constant maturity treasury (“CMT”) are underwritten using methods approved by the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mac”), which require borrowers to be qualified at a rate equal to 200 basis points above the discounted loan rate under certain conditions.

Borrower demand for adjustable-rate loans compared to fixed-rate loans is a function of the level of interest rates, the expectations of changes in the level of interest rates, and the difference between the interest rates and loan fees offered for fixed-rate mortgage loans as compared to the interest rates and loan fees for adjustable-rate loans, among other factors. The loan fees, interest rates and other provisions of mortgage loans are determined by us on the basis of our own pricing criteria and competitive market conditions.

Most of our residential loans are underwritten to standards established by the secondary market. The bank also offers VA and FHA loans via a third party lending source.

While one-to-four family residential real estate loans are normally originated with up to 30-year terms, such loans typically remain outstanding for substantially shorter periods because borrowers often prepay their loans in full either upon sale of the property pledged as security or upon refinancing the original loan. Therefore, average loan maturity is a function of, among other factors, the level of purchase and sale activity in the real estate market, prevailing interest rates and the interest rates payable on outstanding loans. The Bank does not offer loans with negative amortization or interest only loans.

The Bank offers home equity loans and lines of credit, typically with a maximum combined loan-to-value ratio of 80%. Home equity loans generally have fixed-rates of interest and are originated with terms of up to 15 years. Home equity lines of credit generally have variable rates and are indexed to the prime rate as published in The Wall Street Journal. Home equity lines of credit generally have draw periods with 20 year repayment periods.

The Bank generally does not make high loan-to-value loans (defined as loans with a loan-to-value ratio in excess of 80%) without private mortgage insurance. The maximum loan-to-value ratio the Bank generally permits is 95% with private mortgage insurance. The Bank requires all properties securing mortgage loans to be appraised by a board-approved independent appraiser. The Bank generally requires title insurance on all first mortgage loans. Borrowers must obtain hazard insurance, and flood insurance is required for loans on properties located in a flood zone.

Commercial Real Estate Loans. At December 31, 2012, the Bank had commercial real estate loans totaling $217.5 million, or 34.9%, of our total loan portfolio.

The Bank offers commercial real estate loans secured by real estate primarily with adjustable rates. The Bank originates a variety of commercial real estate loans generally for terms up to 25 years and payments based on an amortization schedule of up to 25 years. These loans are typically based on either the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) borrowing rate or our own pricing criteria and adjust every three to five years. Commercial real estate loans also are originated for the acquisition and development of land, including development for residential use. Conditions of acquisition and development loans originated generally limit the number of model homes and homes built on speculation, and draws are scheduled against executed agreements of sale. Commercial real estate loans for the acquisition and development of land are typically based upon the prime rate as published in The Wall Street Journal. Commercial real estate loans for developed real estate and for real estate acquisition and development are originated generally with loan-to-value ratios up to 75%, while loans for the acquisition of land are originated with a maximum loan to value ratio of 65%.

Commercial Loans. The Bank offers commercial business loans to professionals, sole proprietorships and small businesses in our market area. The Bank offers installment loans for capital improvements, equipment acquisition and long-term working capital. These loans are typically priced at short term fixed rates or variable rates based on the prime rate as published in The Wall Street Journal. These loans are secured by business assets other than real estate, such as business equipment and inventory, and, generally,

 

7


Table of Contents

are backed by personal guarantees of the owner or owners of the business. The Bank originates lines of credit to finance the working capital needs of businesses to be repaid by seasonal cash flows or to provide a period of time during which the business can borrow funds for planned equipment purchases.

When making commercial business loans, the Bank considers the financial statements of the borrower and any guarantors, the borrower’s payment history of both corporate and personal debt, the debt service capabilities of the borrower, the projected cash flows of the business and guarantor, the viability of the industry in which the customer operates and the value of the collateral.

Consumer Loans. The Bank offers a variety of consumer loans, including lines of credit, automobile loans and loans secured by savings accounts and certificates of deposit. The Bank also offers unsecured loans.

The Bank offers loans secured by new and used automobiles, primarily indirectly through dealerships. These loans have fixed interest rates and generally have terms up to six years. The Bank offers automobile loans with loan-to-value ratios of up to 100% of the purchase price of the vehicle depending upon the credit history of the borrower and other factors.

The Bank offers consumer loans secured by savings accounts and certificates of deposit held at the Company based upon the deposit rates plus a margin with terms up to five years. The Bank will offer such loans up to 100% of the principal balance of the certificate of deposit or balance in the savings account. The Bank also offers unsecured loans and lines of credit with terms up to five years. Our unsecured loans and lines of credit bear a substantially higher interest rate than our secured loans and lines of credit.

The procedures for underwriting consumer loans include an assessment of the applicant’s payment history on other debts and ability to meet existing obligations and payments on the proposed loan. Although the applicant’s creditworthiness is a primary consideration, the underwriting process also includes a comparison of the value of the collateral, if any, to the proposed loan amount.

Credit Risks

We have adhered and continue to adhere to credit policies, both prior to and during the recent economic downturn, which management believes are sound. Our loan policies require verification of information provided by loan applicants as well as an assessment of their ability to repay for all loans. At no time have we made loans similar to those commonly referred to as “no doc” or “stated income” loans.

While the vast majority of the loans in the loan portfolio are secured by collateral, the Company has made and will continue to make loans on an unsecured basis. At December 31, 2012, there were $10.5 million in unsecured consumer loans in our portfolio which is less than the $11.6 million outstanding at December 31, 2011 and $5.0 million in unsecured commercial loans which is slightly higher than the $4.8 million outstanding at December 31, 2011. Unsecured commercial loans are only granted to those borrowers exhibiting historically strong cash flow and capacity with seasoned management. In addition, for unsecured loans made to businesses, the Company’s credit policy requires loan guarantees by all individuals having 20% or more ownership interest in the borrowing entity. Unsecured consumer loans are made for relatively short terms and to borrowers with strong credit histories. Unsecured consumer loans at December 31, 2012 included a credit card portfolio of $3.2 million.

Requests to modify, restructure or otherwise change the terms of loans are considered by the Company on an individual basis as the circumstances and/or reasons for such changes may vary. All such changes in terms must be authorized by the appropriate approval body. Also, our credit policy prohibits the modification of loans or the extension of additional credit to borrowers who are not current on their payments. Exceptions are approved only where the Company’s position in the credit relationship is expected to be greatly enhanced by such action.

Adjustable-Rate Loans. While the Bank anticipates that adjustable-rate loans will better offset the adverse effects of an increase in interest rates as compared to fixed-rate mortgages, an increased monthly mortgage payment required of adjustable-rate loan borrowers in a rising interest rate environment could cause an increase in delinquencies and defaults. The marketability of the underlying property also may be adversely affected in a high interest rate environment. In addition, although adjustable-rate mortgage loans make our asset base more responsive to changes in interest rates, the extent of this interest sensitivity is limited by the annual and lifetime interest rate adjustment limits on residential mortgage loans. The Bank attempts to negotiate floors on most adjustable rate commercial loans. The commercial adjustable rate loans generally provide a fixed rate re-negotiation at the end of the initial fixed rate period. If the Bank and Borrower are unable to agree on a new fixed rate then the rate converts to a floating rate obligation. In addition, some commercial loans adjust to a predetermined index plus a spread at the end of the initial fixed rate period, for a like period of time. To a lesser degree the Bank has entered into transactions with collars generally for periods of five years or less.

 

8


Table of Contents

Commercial Real Estate Loans. Loans secured by commercial real estate generally have larger balances and involve a greater degree of risk than one-to-four family residential mortgage loans. Of primary concern in commercial real estate lending is the borrower’s and any guarantor’s creditworthiness and the feasibility and cash flow potential of the financed project. Additional considerations include: location, market and geographic concentrations, loan to value, strength of guarantors and quality of tenants. Payments on loans secured by income properties often depend on successful operation and management of the properties. As a result, repayment of such loans may be subject to a greater extent than residential real estate loans, to adverse conditions in the real estate market or the economy. To monitor cash flows on income properties, the Bank requires borrowers and loan guarantors, if any, to provide annual financial statements on commercial real estate loans and rent rolls where applicable. In reaching a decision on whether to make a commercial real estate loan, the Bank considers and reviews a cash flow analysis of the borrower and guarantor, when applicable, and considers the net operating income of the property, the borrower’s expertise, credit history and profitability and the value of the underlying property. The Bank has generally required that the properties securing these real estate loans have debt service coverage ratios (the ratio of earnings before debt service to debt service) of at least 1.2 times. An environmental report is obtained when the possibility exists that hazardous materials may have existed on the site, or the site may have been impacted by adjoining properties that handled hazardous materials.

Commercial Business Loans. Unlike residential mortgage loans, which generally are made on the basis of the borrower’s ability to make repayment from his or her employment or other income, and which are secured by real property, the value of which tends to be more easily ascertainable, commercial business loans are of higher risk and typically are made on the basis of the borrower’s ability to make repayment from the cash flow of the borrower’s business. As a result, the availability of funds for the repayment of commercial business loans may depend substantially on the success of the business itself. Further, any collateral securing such loans may depreciate over time, may be difficult to appraise and may fluctuate in value.

Consumer Loans. Consumer loans may entail greater risk than do residential mortgage loans, particularly in the case of consumer loans that are unsecured or secured by assets that depreciate rapidly, such as motor vehicles. In the latter case, repossessed collateral for a defaulted consumer loan may not provide an adequate source of repayment for the outstanding loan and a small remaining deficiency often does not warrant further substantial collection efforts against the borrower. Consumer loan collections depend on the borrower’s continuing financial stability, and therefore are likely to be adversely affected by various factors, including job loss, divorce, illness or personal bankruptcy. Furthermore, the application of various federal and state laws, including federal and state bankruptcy and insolvency laws, may limit the amount that can be recovered on such loans.

Loan Originations. Loan originations come from a number of sources. The primary sources of loan originations are existing customers, walk-in traffic, advertising and referrals from customers.

The Bank also purchases participations in loans from local financial institutions to supplement our lending portfolio. Loan participations totaled $10.7 million at December 31, 2012. Loan participations are subject to the same credit analysis and loan approvals as loans the Bank originates. The Bank is permitted to review all of the documentation relating to any loan in which the Bank participates. However, in a purchased participation loan, the Bank does not service the loan and thus is subject to the policies and practices of the lead lender with regard to monitoring delinquencies, pursuing collections and instituting foreclosure proceedings.

Loan Approval Procedures and Authority. Our lending activities follow written, non-discriminatory, underwriting standards and loan origination procedures established by our board of directors and management. The board of directors has granted loan approval authority to certain officers or groups of officers up to prescribed limits, based on the officer’s experience. Individual loans or lending relationships with aggregate exposure of more than $500,000 must be approved by a senior loan committee, which is comprised of senior Bank officers. All loans or lending relationships in excess of $1.0 million must be approved by the credit committee of the Bank’s board, which includes four non-employee directors. All loans or lending relationships in excess of $3.0 million must be approved by the full board of directors of the Bank.

Loans to One Borrower. The maximum amount that the Bank may lend to one borrower and the borrower’s related entities is limited, by regulation, to generally 15% of our stated capital and reserves. At December 31, 2012, our regulatory limit on loans to one borrower was $16.3 million. At that date, the total outstanding available credit balance with our largest lending relationship was $13.9 million which was secured by real estate, marketable securities and general business assets. All of the loans in the relationship are performing in accordance with their original terms at December 31, 2012.

Financial Services. The Company has a third party marketing agreement with a broker-dealer that allows the Company to offer a full range of securities, brokerage services and annuity sales to its customers. The Company’s Investor Services Division is located in the

 

9


Table of Contents

Company’s headquarters building and the services are offered throughout the entire branch system. For the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company’s income from brokerage services was $264 or 0.5% of total revenue compared to $253 or 0.5% in 2011 and $340 or 0.6% in 2010.

Trust Services. The Company has a full service trust department. For the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company’s income from trust services was $1,481 or 3.0% of total revenue compared to $1,563 or 3.0% in 2011 and $1,493 or 2.8% in 2010.

Merchant Services. The Company offers credit card processing for its merchants. For the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company’s income from merchant transaction services was $4,290 or 8.8% of total revenue compared to $4,670 or 8.9% in 2011 and $4,521 or 8.4% in 2010.

REGULATION AND SUPERVISION

General

The Bank is a commercial bank chartered by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insures our deposits up to applicable limits. The Bank is subject to extensive regulation, examination and supervision by the Pennsylvania Department of Banking, our primary regulator, and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, as deposit insurer. The Bank is required to file reports with the Pennsylvania Department of Banking and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation concerning our activities and financial condition. The Pennsylvania Department of Banking and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation periodically review our safety and soundness and our compliance with various regulatory requirements.

The Company is a bank holding company subject to regulation by the Federal Reserve Board under the Bank Holding Company Act (“BHCA”). The Company is also subject to regular examination by and the enforcement authority of the Federal Reserve Board. The Company is also treated as a bank holding company under Pennsylvania banking law. As such, the Company is subject to periodic examination by, and may be required to file reports with, the Pennsylvania Department of Banking.

This regulation and supervision establishes a comprehensive framework of activities in which an institution can engage and is intended primarily for the protection of depositors and borrowers, not our stockholders. The regulatory structure also gives the regulatory authorities extensive discretion in connection with their supervisory, enforcement activities and examination policies, with respect to the classification of assets and the establishment of adequate loan loss reserves for regulatory purposes. Any change in such regulatory requirements and policies, whether by the Pennsylvania Department of Banking, the Pennsylvania Legislature, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Reserve Board or the U.S. Congress could have a material adverse impact on our operations.

Certain legal and regulatory requirements that apply to us are referred to below or elsewhere in this document. The summaries of the statutory provisions and regulations set forth in the document do not purport to be a complete description of all applicable statutes and regulations and their effects on us and are qualified in their entirety by reference to the actual statutes and regulations.

Regulation of Pennsylvania Commercial Banks

The Pennsylvania Department of Banking regulates the internal organization of the Bank as well as our activities, including, deposit-taking, lending and investment. The basic authority for our activities is specified by Pennsylvania law and by regulations, policies and directives issued by the Pennsylvania Department of Banking. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation also regulates many of the areas regulated by the Pennsylvania Department of Banking and federal law limits some of the authority that Pennsylvania law grants to us.

Business Activities. The Pennsylvania Department of Banking is required to regularly examine each state-chartered bank. Generally, the approval of the Pennsylvania Department of Banking is required to open new branches, to merge with another bank and to undertake many other activities.

Limits on Loans to One Borrower. Generally, the maximum amount that the Bank will be able to lend to a single borrower under Pennsylvania law is 15% of our capital accounts.

Loans to a Bank’s Insiders. Pennsylvania law provides that the Bank may make loans to our executive officers and directors and greater than 10% stockholders (collectively, “insiders”) in accordance with federal regulations. Generally, under federal law, loans to insiders and certain related interests must be approved in advance by a majority of the board of directors of the institution, with any “interested” director not participating in the voting, if the loan exceeds the greater of twenty five thousand dollars or 5% of the

 

10


Table of Contents

institution’s capital. Loans aggregating five hundred thousand dollars are subject to the approval requirements in all cases. Loans to insiders must be made on terms substantially the same as offered in comparable transactions to outside parties and must not present more than the normal risk of loss or present any other unfavorable features. There is an exception for extensions of credit made to officers and directors as part of a bank-wide compensation or benefit program that does not favor directors or officers over other employees. There are further restrictions on loans that can be made to executive officers.

Intrastate Branching Activities. The Bank may, with the approval of the Pennsylvania Department of Banking and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, establish, acquire and operate branches anywhere in Pennsylvania.

Interstate Branching. Federal law authorizes the responsible federal banking agencies to approve merger transactions between banks located in different states, regardless of whether the merger would be prohibited under the law of the two states, unless the state in which the target institution is located has opted out. Accordingly, the Bank may acquire branches in a state other than Pennsylvania unless the other state has enacted legislation opting out. The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) and recent Pennsylvania law amendments eliminate all remaining restrictions on interstate banking by authorizing national and state banks to establish de novo branches in any state that would permit a bank chartered in that state to open a branch at that location.

Activities and Investments. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 generally limits the activities that all state-chartered banks may engage in as principal to those authorized for national banks, despite more expansive state law. Additionally, equity investments by state banks are limited to the types and amounts permitted for national banks, subject to certain exceptions. For example, the Bank may engage in state authorized activities or investments that are impermissible for national banks (other than non-subsidiary equity investments) if the Bank meets all applicable capital requirements and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation determines that the activities or investments do not pose a significant risk to deposit insurance fund.

Capital Requirements. The Bank is subject to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation’s regulatory capital requirements. The capital regulations require state banks to meet two minimum capital standards: a 4% leverage ratio (3% for institutions receiving the highest rating on the depository institution examination rating system) and an 8% risk-based capital ratio. In addition, the prompt corrective action standards discussed below establish, in effect, a minimum 2% tangible capital standard, a 4% leverage ratio (3% for institutions receiving the highest examination rating) and, together with the risk-based capital standard itself, a 4% Tier 1 risk-based capital standard.

The leverage ratio requires a minimum ratio of Tier 1 (or “core”) capital to adjusted total assets of 4% (3% for institutions with the highest examination rating). Tier 1 capital is generally defined as common stockholders’ equity (including retained earnings), certain noncumulative perpetual preferred stock and related surplus and minority interests in equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries, less certain deferred tax assets and intangibles other than certain mortgage servicing rights and credit card relationships.

The risk-based capital standard requires the maintenance of Tier 1 and total capital (which is defined as Tier 1 capital plus Tier 2 (or supplementary capital)) to risk-weighted assets of at least 4% and 8%, respectively. In determining risk-weighted assets, all assets, including certain off-balance sheet assets, recourse obligations, residual interests and direct credit substitutes, are multiplied by risk weighting of 0% to 100% assigned by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation capital regulation based on the risks believed inherent in the type of asset. The components of Tier 2 capital currently include such instruments as cumulative preferred stock, long-term perpetual preferred stock, mandatory convertible securities, subordinated debt and intermediate preferred stocks, as well as the allowance for loan and lease losses up to a maximum of 1.25% of risk-weighted assets and up to 45% of unrealized gains on available-for-sale equity securities with readily determinable fair market values. Overall, the amount of Tier 2 capital included as total capital cannot exceed 100% of Tier 1 capital.

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation may increase required capital levels in the future. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation also has authority to establish individual minimum capital requirements in appropriate cases upon a determination that an institution’s capital level is or may become inadequate in light of the particular circumstances.

Prompt Corrective Regulatory Action. Under federal law, the appropriate federal regulatory agency is required to take certain supervisory actions against undercapitalized institutions, the severity of which depends upon the institution’s degree of undercapitalization. Generally, a bank that has a ratio of total capital to risk weighted assets of less than 8%, a ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of less than 4% or a ratio of Tier 1 capital to total assets of less than 4% (3% or less for institutions with the highest examination rating) is considered to be “undercapitalized.” A bank that has a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 6%, a Tier 1 capital ratio of less than 3% or a leverage ratio that is less than 3% is considered to be “significantly undercapitalized” and a

 

11


Table of Contents

bank that has a tangible capital to assets ratio equal to or less than 2% is deemed to be “critically undercapitalized.” Subject to a narrow exception, a receiver or conservator must be appointed within specified time frames for an institution that is “critically undercapitalized.” The law also provides that an acceptable restoration plan must be filed within 45 days of the date a bank receives notice that it is “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized” or “critically undercapitalized.” Performance under the plan must be guaranteed by the institution’s parent company in an amount of up to the lesser of 5% of the total assets when deemed to be undercapitalized or the amount necessary to adequately achieve capitalized status. In addition, certain mandatory supervisory actions become applicable to any undercapitalized institution including, but not limited to, increased monitoring by regulators and restrictions on growth, capital distributions (including dividends) and expansion. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation could also take additional discretionary supervisory actions, including the issuance of a capital directive, requiring the sale of the institution and the replacement of senior executive officers and directors.

Safety and Soundness Guidelines. Federal law requires each federal banking agency to establish safety and soundness standards for institutions under its authority. The federal banking agencies, including the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, have issued Interagency Guidelines Establishing Standards for Safety and Soundness. The guidelines specify basic standards for internal controls and information systems, internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate risk exposure and asset growth, asset quality earnings and employee compensation. If the appropriate federal banking agency determines that a depository institution is not in compliance with the safety and soundness guidelines, it may require the institution to submit an acceptable plan to achieve compliance with the guidelines. The institution must submit an acceptable compliance plan within 30 days of receipt of a request for such a plan. Failure to submit or implement a compliance plan may result in regulatory sanctions.

Uniform Lending Standards. Under Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation’s regulations, state banks must adopt and maintain written policies that establish appropriate limits and standards for loans that are secured by interests in real estate or are made for the purpose of financing permanent improvements to real estate. The policies must establish loan portfolio diversification standards, prudent underwriting standards, including loan-to-value limits that are clear and measurable, loan administration procedures and documentation and loan approval and reporting requirements. Such real estate lending policies must reflect the Interagency Guidelines for Real Estate Lending Policies that have been adopted by the federal banking agencies.

Transactions with Related Parties. Transactions between a state bank and any affiliate are governed by Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act. Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act apply to us, as a state non-member bank, by virtue of Section 18(i) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act. An affiliate is any company or entity, which controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the state member bank, such as the Company. Generally, Sections 23A and 23B: (i) limit the extent to which an institution or its subsidiaries may engage in “covered transactions” with any one affiliate to an amount equal to 10% of such institution’s capital stock and surplus, and contain an aggregate limit on all such transactions with all affiliates to an amount equal to 20% of such capital stock and surplus, (ii) impose collateral requirements on certain transactions with affiliates, and (iii) require that all such transactions be on terms substantially the same, or at least as favorable, to the institution or subsidiary as those provided to a nonaffiliate. The Dodd-Frank Act imposes additional requirements on transactions with affiliates under Section 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act, including an expansion of the definition of “covered transactions” and increasing the amount of time for which collateral requirements regarding covered transactions must be maintained.

Tying Arrangements. The Bank is prohibited from engaging in certain tying arrangements in connection with any extension of credit, sale or lease of property or furnishing of services. With certain exceptions for traditional banking services, the Bank may not condition an extension of credit to a customer on a requirement that the customer obtain or provide additional credit, property or services from or to us or any of our subsidiaries or that the customer refrain from obtaining credit, property or other services from a competitor.

Dividend Restrictions. Our ability to pay dividends is governed by Pennsylvania law and the regulations of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. Under Pennsylvania law, the Bank may only declare and pay dividends from our accumulated net earnings. In addition, the Bank may not declare and pay dividends from the surplus funds that Pennsylvania law requires that the Bank maintains. Each year the Bank must set aside as surplus funds a sum equal to not less than 10% of our net earnings until the surplus funds equal 100% of our capital stock. The Bank may invest the surplus funds in the same manner as deposits, subject to certain exceptions. Under federal law, an insured bank may not pay dividends if doing so would make it undercapitalized within the meaning of the prompt corrective action law discussed previously or if in default of its deposit insurance fund assessment.

Enforcement. The Pennsylvania Department of Banking has authority to appoint a receiver or conservator for a Pennsylvania Bank in a variety of circumstances, including where the bank conducts its business in an unsafe manner, is in an unsafe or unsound condition

 

12


Table of Contents

to transact business, has assets less than its obligations or violates a law, court order or order of the Pennsylvania Department of Banking. The Pennsylvania Department of Banking may, under certain circumstances, suspend or remove officers or directors who have violated the law, conducted the bank’s business in a manner which is unsafe, unsound or contrary to the depositors’ interests or have breached their fiduciary duty in conducting the business of the bank. In addition, upon finding that a bank has engaged in an unsafe or unsound practice, violated a law, rule, regulation or written agreement relating to its supervision, or violated any condition, imposed in writing, in connection with the approval of any application, the Pennsylvania Department of Banking may impose a civil money penalty of up to $25,000 per violation and issue an order to cease and desist against the bank or its directors or officers.

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation has primary federal enforcement responsibility over state banks under its jurisdiction, including the authority to bring enforcement action against all “institution-related parties,” including stockholders, and any attorneys, appraisers and accountants who knowingly or recklessly participate in wrongful action likely to have an adverse effect on an institution. Formal enforcement action may range from the issuance of a capital directive or cease and desist order to removal of officers and/or directors, receivership, conservatorship or termination of deposit insurance. Civil money penalties cover a wide range of violations and actions, and range up to $25,000 per day or even up to $1 million per day (in the most egregious cases). Criminal penalties for most financial institution crimes include fines of up to $1 million and imprisonment for up to 30 years.

Consumer Protection and Fair Lending Regulations. Pennsylvania commercial banks are subject to a variety of federal and Pennsylvania statutes and regulations that are intended to protect consumers and prohibit discrimination in the granting of credit. These statutes and regulations provide for a range of sanctions for non-compliance with their terms, including imposition of administrative fines and remedial orders, and referral to the Attorney General for prosecution of a civil action for actual and punitive damages and injunctive relief. Certain of these statutes authorize private individual and class action lawsuits and the award of actual, statutory and punitive damages and attorneys’ fees for certain types of violations. See REGULATION AND SUPERVISION – Regulation of Pennsylvania Commercial Banks - Dodd-Frank Act for a discussion on the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection.

Dodd-Frank Act. The Dodd-Frank Act became law on July 21, 2010. The Dodd-Frank Act implements far-reaching changes across the financial regulatory landscape.

The Dodd-Frank Act creates the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection (“Bureau”), which is an independent bureau within the Federal Reserve System with broad authority to regulate the consumer finance industry including regulated financial institutions such as the Bank and non-banks and others who are involved in the consumer finance industry. The Bureau has exclusive authority through rulemaking, orders, policy statements, guidance and enforcement actions to administer and enforce federal consumer finance laws, to oversee non federally regulated entities, and to impose its own regulations and pursue enforcement actions when it determines that a practice is unfair, deceptive or abusive (“UDA”). The federal consumer finance laws and all of the functions and responsibilities associated with them were transferred to the Bureau on July 21, 2011. While the Bureau has the exclusive power to interpret, administer and enforce federal consumer finance laws and UDA, the Dodd-Frank Act provides that the FDIC continues to have examination and enforcement powers over the Bank relating to the matters within the jurisdiction of the Bureau because it has less than $10 billion in assets. The Dodd-Frank Act also gives state attorneys general the ability to enforce federal consumer protection laws.

The Dodd-Frank Act also:

 

   

Applies the same leverage and risk-based capital requirements to most bank holding companies (“BHCs”) that apply to insured depository institutions.

 

   

Requires the FDIC to make its capital requirements for insured depository institutions countercyclical, so that capital requirements increase in times of economic expansion and decrease in times of economic contractions;

 

   

Requires BHCs and banks to be both well-capitalized and well-managed in order to acquire banks located outside their home state and requires any BHC electing to be treated as a financial holding company to be both well-managed and well-capitalized;

 

   

Changes the assessment base for federal deposit insurance from the amount of insured deposits held by the depository institution to the depository institution’s average total consolidated assets less tangible equity, eliminates the ceiling on the size of the Deposit Insurance Fund (“DIF”) and increases the floor of the size of the DIF;

 

   

Eliminates all remaining restrictions on interstate banking by authorizing national and state banks to establish de novo branches in any state that would permit a bank chartered in that state to open a branch at that location;

 

   

Repeals Regulation Q, the federal prohibitions on the payment of interest on demand deposits, thereby permitting depository institutions to pay interest on business transaction and other accounts;

 

13


Table of Contents
   

Enhances the requirements for certain transactions with affiliates under Section 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act, including an expansion of the definition of “covered transactions” and increasing the amount of time for which collateral requirements regarding covered transactions must be maintained;

 

   

Expands insider transaction limitations through the strengthening of loan restrictions to insiders and the expansion of the types of transactions subject to the various limits, including derivative transactions, repurchase agreements, reverse repurchase agreements and securities lending or borrowing transactions. Restrictions are also placed on certain asset sales to and from an insider to an institution, including requirements that such sales be on market terms and, in certain circumstances, approved by the institution’s board of directors;

 

   

Strengthens the previous limits on a depository institution’s credit exposure to one borrower which limited a depository institution’s ability to extend credit to one person (or group of related persons) in an amount exceeding certain thresholds. The Dodd-Frank Act expanded the scope of these restrictions to include credit exposure arising from derivative transactions, repurchase agreements, and securities lending and borrowing transactions.

While designed primarily to reform the financial regulatory system, the Dodd Frank Act also contains a number of corporate governance provisions that will affect public companies. The Dodd Frank Act requires the SEC to adopt rules which may affect the Bank’s executive compensation policies and disclosure.

Although a significant number of the rules and regulations mandated by the Dodd-Frank Act have been finalized, many of the new requirements called for have yet to be implemented and will likely be subject to implementing regulations over the course of several years. Given the uncertainty associated with the manner in which the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act will be implemented by the various agencies, the full extent of the impact such requirements will have on financial institutions’ operations is unclear. The Dodd-Frank Act could require the Bank to make material expenditures, in particular personnel training costs and additional compliance expenses, or otherwise adversely affect the Bank’s business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flow. It could also require the Bank to change certain of its business practices, adversely affect its ability to pursue business opportunities the Bank might otherwise consider pursuing, cause business disruptions and/or have other impacts that are as of yet unknown to the Bank. Failure to comply with these laws or regulations, even if inadvertent, could result in negative publicity, fines or additional expenses, any of which could have an adverse effect on the Bank’s business, financial condition, results of operations, or cash flow.

Community Reinvestment Act. Under the Community Reinvestment Act (the “CRA”), as implemented by Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation regulations, a bank has a continuing and affirmative obligation, consistent with its safe and sound operation, to help meet the credit needs of its entire community, including low and moderate income neighborhoods. The CRA does not establish specific lending requirements or programs for financial institutions, nor does it limit an institution’s discretion to develop the types of products and services that it believes are best suited to its particular community. The CRA requires the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, when examining an institution, to assess the institution’s record of meeting the credit needs of its community and to take the record into account in its evaluation of certain applications by the institution. The CRA also requires all institutions to make public disclosure of their CRA ratings. Unlike the responsibility for other federal consumer protection and fair lending regulations, which have been transferred to the Bureau, the CRA will remain with the federal prudential regulators. Our most recent CRA rating was “satisfactory.”

Assessments. Pennsylvania banks are required to pay annual assessments to the Pennsylvania Department of Banking to cover the cost of regulating Pennsylvania institutions. Our asset size determines the rate of assessment.

Deposit Insurance. The Bank’s deposits are insured up to applicable limits by the DIF of the FDIC. The DIF is the successor to the Bank Insurance Fund and the Savings Association Insurance Fund, which were merged in 2006. Under the FDIC’s risk-based assessment system in effect through March 31, 2011, insured institutions were assigned to one of four risk categories based on supervisory evaluations, regulatory capital levels and certain other factors. An institution’s assessment rate depended upon the category to which it is assigned, and certain potential adjustments established by FDIC regulations, with less risky institutions paying lower assessments. No institution may pay a dividend if in default of the federal deposit insurance assessment.

In November 2009, the FDIC issued a rule that required all insured depository institutions, with limited exceptions, to prepay their estimated quarterly risk-based assessments for the fourth quarter of 2009 and for all of 2010, 2011 and 2012. The FDIC also adopted a uniform three basis point increase in assessment rates effective on January 1, 2011.

The Dodd-Frank Act changed the assessment base for federal deposit insurance from the amount of insured deposits held by the depository institution to the depository institution’s average total consolidated assets less average tangible equity, eliminating the

 

14


Table of Contents

ceiling on the size of the DIF and increasing the floor of the size of the DIF. The Dodd-Frank Act establishes a minimum designated reserve ratio (“DRR”) of 1.35% of estimated insured deposits, mandates the FDIC adopt a restoration plan should the fund balance fall below 1.35%, and provides dividends to the industry should the fund balance exceed 1.50%.

On February 7, 2011, the FDIC approved a final rule on Assessments, Dividend Assessment Base and Large Bank Pricing (the “Final Rule”). The Final Rule implements the changes to the deposit insurance assessment system as mandated by the Dodd-Frank Act and was effective April 1, 2011.

The Final Rule changed the assessment base for insured depository institutions from adjusted domestic deposits to the average consolidated total assets during an assessment period less average tangible equity capital during that assessment period. Tangible equity is defined in the Final Rule as Tier 1 Capital and shall be calculated monthly, unless, like the Bank, the insured depository institution has less than $1 billion in assets, then the insured depository institution will calculate the Tier 1 Capital on an end of quarter basis. Parents or holding companies of other insured depository institutions are required to report separately from their subsidiary depository institutions.

The Final Rule retains the unsecured debt adjustment, which lowers an insured depository institution’s assessment rate for any unsecured debt on its balance sheet. In general, the unsecured debt adjustment in the Final Rule will be measured to the new assessment base and will be increased by 40 basis points. The Final Rule also contains a brokered deposit adjustment for assessments. The Final Rule provides an exemption to the brokered deposit adjustment to financial institutions that are “well capitalized” and have composite CAMEL ratings of 1 or 2.

The Final Rule also creates a new rate schedule that is intended to provide more predictable assessment rates to financial institutions. The revenue under the new rate schedule will be approximately the same. Moreover, it indefinitely suspends the requirement in the Dodd-Frank Act that the FDIC pay dividends from the insurance fund when the fund reaches 1.5% of insured deposits to increase the probability that the fund reserve ratio will reach a sufficient level to withstand a future crisis. In lieu of the dividend payments, the FDIC has adopted progressively lower assessment rate schedules that become effective when the reserve ratio exceeds 2% and 2.5%.

The Dodd-Frank Act makes permanent the $250,000 limit for federal deposit insurance and increases the cash limit of Securities Investor Protection Corporation protection from $100,000 to $250,000 and provided unlimited federal deposit insurance until December 31, 2012 for noninterest-bearing demand transaction accounts at all insured depository institutions. The unlimited coverage for noninterest-bearing demand transaction accounts was not renewed.

In addition to the assessment for deposit insurance, institutions are required to make payments on bonds issued in the late 1980s by the Financing Corporation to recapitalize a predecessor deposit insurance fund. This payment is established quarterly and, during the four quarters ended December 31, 2012, averaged $13 per quarter.

The FDIC has authority to increase insurance assessments. A significant increase in insurance premiums would likely have an adverse effect on the operating expenses and results of operations of the Bank. Management cannot predict what insurance assessment rates will be in the future.

Insurance of deposits may be terminated by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation upon a finding that the institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or the Pennsylvania Department of Banking.

Regulation of Bank Holding Companies

The Company is subject to a number of regulatory requirements due to its status as a bank holding company under federal and Pennsylvania laws.

Activities. With certain exceptions, the BHCA prohibits a bank holding company from acquiring direct or indirect ownership or control of more than 5% of the voting shares of a company that is not a bank or a bank holding company, or from engaging directly or indirectly in activities other than those of banking, managing or controlling banks, or providing services for its subsidiaries. The principal exceptions to these prohibitions involve certain non-bank activities which, by statute or by Federal Reserve Board regulation or order, have been identified as activities closely related to the business of banking. Our activities are subject to these legal and regulatory limitations under the BHCA and the related Federal Reserve Board regulations. Notwithstanding the Federal Reserve Board’s prior approval of specific nonbanking activities, the Federal Reserve Board has the power to order a holding company or its

 

15


Table of Contents

subsidiaries to terminate any activity, or to terminate its ownership or control of any subsidiary, when it has reasonable cause to believe that the continuation of such activity or such ownership or control constitutes a serious risk to the financial safety, soundness or stability of any bank subsidiary of that holding company.

A bank holding company whose financial institution subsidiaries are “well capitalized” and “well managed” and have satisfactory CRA records can elect to become a “financial holding company” and thereby be permitted to engage in a broader range of financial activities than are permitted to bank holding companies. Financial holding companies are authorized to engage in, directly or indirectly, financial activities. A financial activity is an activity that is: (i) financial in nature; (ii) incidental to an activity that is financial in nature; or (iii) complementary to a financial activity and that does not pose a safety and soundness risk. Statutes and regulations include a list of activities that are deemed to be financial in nature. Other activities also may be decided by the Federal Reserve Board to be financial in nature or incidental thereto if they meet specified criteria. A financial holding company that intends to engage in a new activity or to acquire a company to engage in such an activity is required to give prior notice to the Federal Reserve Board. If the activity is not either specified in statutes and regulations as being a financial activity or one that the Federal Reserve Board has determined by rule or regulation to be financial in nature, the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board is required.

Acquisitions. Under the BHCA, a bank holding company must obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board before (1) acquiring direct or indirect ownership or control of any voting shares of any bank or bank holding company if, after such acquisition, the bank holding company would directly or indirectly own or control more than 5% of such shares; (2) acquiring all or substantially all of the assets of another bank or bank holding company; or (3) merging or consolidating with another bank holding company. Satisfactory financial condition, particularly with regard to capital adequacy, and satisfactory CRA ratings generally are prerequisites to obtaining federal regulatory approval to make acquisitions.

Capital Requirements. The Dodd-Frank Act requires the Federal Reserve Board to apply consolidated capital requirements to bank holding company that are no less stringent than those currently applied to depository institutions. Under these standards, trust preferred securities are excluded from Tier 1 capital unless such securities were issued prior to May 19, 2010 by a bank holding company with less than $15 billion in assets. The Dodd-Frank Act additionally requires capital requirements to be countercyclical so that the required amount of capital increases in times of economic expansion and decreases in times of economic contraction, consistent with safety and soundness.

The ratio of total capital to risk weighted assets (including certain off-balance-sheet activities, such as standby letters of credit) must be a minimum of eight percent. At least half of the total capital is to be composed of common shareholders’ equity, minority interests in the equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries and a limited amount of perpetual preferred stock, less goodwill, which is collectively referred to as Tier 1 Capital. The remainder of total capital may consist of subordinated debt, other preferred stock and a limited amount of loan loss reserves.

In addition, the Federal Reserve Board has established minimum leverage ratio guidelines for bank holding companies. Bank holding companies that meet certain specified criteria, including having the highest regulatory rating, must maintain a minimum Tier 1 Capital leverage ratio (Tier 1 Capital to average assets for the current quarter, less goodwill) of three percent. Bank holding companies that do not have the highest regulatory rating will generally be required to maintain a higher Tier 1 Capital leverage ratio of three percent plus an additional cushion of 100 to 200 basis points. The guidelines also provide that bank holding companies experiencing internal growth or making acquisitions will be expected to maintain strong capital position. Such strong capital positions must be kept substantially above the minimum supervisory levels without significant reliance on intangible assets (e.g., goodwill and core deposit intangibles). As of December 31, 2012, the Company’s capital ratios were as follows: (1) Tier 1 Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets Ratio, 16.80%; (2) Total Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets Ratio, 17.96%; and (3) Tier 1 Capital Leverage Ratio, 11.50%.

Basel III Proposed Changes in Capital Requirements. In December 2010, the Basel Committee released its final framework for strengthening international capital and liquidity regulation (“Basel III”). Basel III requires bank holding companies and their bank subsidiaries to maintain more capital, with a greater emphasis on common equity. Basel III also provides for a “countercyclical capital buffer” in the range of 0% to 2.5% when fully implemented. Basel III would be phased in between 2013 and 2019, although it is possible that implementation may be delayed as a result of multiple factors including the current condition of the banking industry within the U.S. and abroad.

On June 7, 2012, the U.S. banking agencies requested comment on the three proposed rules that, taken together, would establish an integrated regulatory capital framework implementing Basel III in the U.S. As proposed, U.S. implementation of Basel III would lead to significantly higher capital requirements and more restrictive leverage and liquidity ratios than those currently in place. Once

 

16


Table of Contents

adopted these new capital requirements would be phased in over time. Additionally, the U.S. implementation of Basel III contemplates that, for banking organizations with less than $15 billion in assets, the ability to treat trust preferred securities as Tier 1 capital would be phased out over a ten-year period. Comments to the proposed rules were requested by September 7, 2012 in order to begin the gradual integration of the proposed rules on January 1, 2013. U.S. banking agencies have delayed implementation of the proposed new rules as they continue to weigh views expressed during the comment period. The ultimate impact of the U.S. implementation of the new capital and liquidity standards on the Company and the Bank is currently being reviewed. At this point, we cannot determine the ultimate effect that any final regulations, if enacted, would have upon our earnings or financial condition. In addition, important questions remain as to how the numerous capital and liquidity mandates of the Dodd-Frank Act will be integrated with the requirements of Basel III.

Source of Strength. Federal Reserve Board policy is that bank holding companies should serve as a source of strength to their subsidiary banks by providing capital, liquidity and other support in times of financial distress.

Dividends. The Federal Reserve Board has the power to prohibit dividends by bank holding companies if their actions constitute unsafe or unsound practices. The Federal Reserve Board has issued a policy statement on the payment of cash dividends by bank holding companies, which expresses the Federal Reserve Board’s view that a bank holding company should pay cash dividends only to the extent that the company’s net income for the past year is sufficient to cover both the cash dividends and a rate of earnings retention that is consistent with the company’s capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition. The Federal Reserve Board also indicated that it would be inappropriate for a bank holding company experiencing serious financial problems to borrow funds to pay dividends. Under the prompt corrective action regulations, the Federal Reserve Board may prohibit a bank holding company from paying any dividends if the holding company’s bank subsidiary is classified as “undercapitalized.”

Stock Repurchases. As a bank holding company, the Company is required to give the Federal Reserve Board prior written notice of any purchase or redemption of our outstanding equity securities if the gross consideration for the purchase or redemption, when combined with the net consideration paid for all such purchases or redemptions during the preceding 12 months, is equal to 10% or more of the Company’s consolidated net worth. The Federal Reserve Board may disapprove such a purchase or redemption if it determines that the proposal would violate any law, regulation, Federal Reserve Board order, directive or any condition imposed by, or written agreement with, the Federal Reserve Board. This requirement does not apply to bank holding companies that are “well capitalized,” received one of the two highest examination ratings at their last examination and are not the subject of any unresolved supervisory issues.

Change in Control. Under the BHCA, any company must obtain approval of the Federal Reserve Board prior to acquiring control of a bank holding company, such as the Company or insured bank, such as the Bank. For purposes of the BHCA, “control” is defined as ownership of more than 25% of any class of voting securities of the holding company or the bank, the ability to control the election of a majority of the directors, or the exercise of a controlling influence over management or policies of the holding company or the Bank.

In addition, the Change in Bank Control Act and the related regulations of the Federal Reserve Board require any person or persons acting in concert (except for companies required to make application under the BHCA), to file a written notice with the Federal Reserve Board before such person or persons may acquire control of a bank holding company. The Change in Bank Control Act defines “control” as the power, directly or indirectly, to vote 25% or more of any voting securities or to direct the management or policies of a bank holding company. There is a presumption of “control” where the acquiring person will own, control or hold with power to vote 10% or more of any class of voting security of a bank holding company under certain specified circumstances.

Under Pennsylvania banking law, prior approval of the Pennsylvania Department of Banking is also required before any person may acquire control of a Pennsylvania bank or bank holding company.

EMPLOYEES

As of December 31, 2012, the Company employed 215 full-time equivalent employees. Management of the Company considers relations with its employees to be good.

AVAILABILITY OF SECURITIES FILINGS

We file annual, quarterly, and current reports, proxy statements, and other documents with the SEC under the Exchange Act. The public may read and copy any materials that we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at Station Place, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, DC 20549. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. Also, the SEC maintains an Internet website that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers, including us, that file electronically with the SEC. The public can obtain any documents that we file with the SEC at http://www.sec.gov.

 

17


Table of Contents

In addition, we maintain an Internet website at http://www.pennsecurity.com/. We make available free of charge through the “Investor Relations” link on our Internet website, our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS.

In addition to the other information set forth in this report, one should carefully consider the factors discussed below, which could materially affect our business, financial condition or future results. The risks described below are not the only risks that we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently deems to be insignificant also may also materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and/or operating results.

RISKS RELATED TO OUR BUSINESS

Credit Risk

Changes in the credit quality of our loan portfolio may impact the level of our allowance for loan and lease losses.

The Bank makes various judgments about the collectability of our loans, including the creditworthiness of our borrowers and the value of the real estate and other assets serving as collateral for our loans. In determining the allowance for loan and lease losses, we review our loans and our loan loss and delinquency experience, and we evaluate economic conditions. In the third quarter of 2010, we refined our methodology for determining loan and lease losses to emphasize, in particular, local economic conditions in response to our experience during this recent recession. If our judgments are incorrect, our allowance for loan and lease losses may not be sufficient to cover future losses and our financial statements may not accurately reflect our financial condition. In addition, bank regulators periodically review our allowance for loan and lease losses and may require us to increase our provision for loan and lease losses, recognize further loan charge-offs, or take other actions which would impact our allowance or provision for loan and lease losses. Increased provisions for loan and lease losses would increase our expenses and reduce our net income.

Our emphasis on residential mortgage and commercial real estate loans in the Northeast Pennsylvania market area exposes us to a risk of loss.

At December 31, 2012, $261.9 million, or 42.0%, of our loan portfolio consisted of residential mortgage loans and $217.5 million, or 34.9%, of our loan portfolio consisted of commercial real estate loans. A significant majority of these loans are made to borrowers or secured by properties located in Northeastern Pennsylvania. As a result of this concentration, a sustained downturn in the regional economy could significantly increase non-performing loans, which would hurt our net income. Future declines in real estate values in the Northeastern Pennsylvania area could also cause some of our mortgage and commercial real estate loans to be inadequately collateralized, which would expose us to a greater risk of loss if the Bank seeks to recover on defaulted loans by selling the real estate collateral.

Changes in the credit quality of our investment portfolio may affect our earnings.

Investments are evaluated periodically to determine whether a decline in their value is other than temporary. Management utilizes criteria such as the magnitude and duration of the decline, in addition to the reasons underlying the decline, to determine whether the loss in value is other than temporary. The term “other than temporary” is not intended to indicate that the decline is permanent. It indicates that the prospects for a near term recovery of value are not necessarily favorable, or that there is a lack of evidence to support fair values equal to, or greater than, the carrying value of the investment. Once a decline in value is determined to be other than temporary, the value of the security is reduced and a corresponding charge to earnings is recognized.

We are subject to credit risk in connection with our lending activities, and our financial condition and results of operations may be negatively impacted by economic conditions and other factors that adversely affect our borrowers.

Our financial condition and results of operations are affected by the ability of our borrowers to repay their loans, and in a timely manner. Lending money is a significant part of the banking business. Borrowers, however, do not always repay their loans. The risk of non-payment is assessed through our underwriting and loan review procedures based on several factors including credit risks of a

 

18


Table of Contents

particular borrower, changes in economic conditions, the duration of the loan and in the case of a collateralized loan, uncertainties as to the future value of the collateral and other factors. Despite our efforts, we do and will experience loan and lease losses, and our financial condition and results of operations will be adversely affected. Our loans which were between thirty and fifty-nine days delinquent totaled $4,649 on December 31, 2012. Our non-performing assets were approximately $2,936 on December 31, 2012. Our allowance for loan and lease losses was approximately $6,950 on December 31, 2012.

Our concentration of commercial real estate loans could result in increased loan and lease losses and costs of compliance.

A substantial portion of our loan portfolio, 34.9% as of December 31, 2012, is comprised of commercial real estate loans. The commercial real estate market is cyclical and poses risks of loss to us because of the concentration of commercial real estate loans in our loan portfolio, and the lack of diversity in risk associated with such a concentration. Banking regulators have been giving and continue to give commercial real estate lending greater scrutiny, and banks with larger commercial real estate loan portfolios are expected by their regulators to implement improved underwriting, internal controls, risk management policies and portfolio stress-testing practices to manage risks associated with commercial real estate lending. In addition, commercial real estate lenders have made greater provisions for loan and lease losses as a result of commercial real estate lending exposures. Additional losses or regulatory requirements related to our commercial real estate loan concentration could materially adversely affect or business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our allowance for loan and lease losses may not be adequate to absorb actual loan and lease losses, and we may be required to make further provisions for loan and lease losses and charge off additional loans in the future, which could materially and adversely affect our business.

We attempt to maintain an allowance for loan and lease losses, established through a provision for loan and lease losses accounted for as an expense, which is adequate to absorb losses inherent in our loan portfolio. If our allowance for loan and lease losses is inadequate, it may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

The determination of the allowance for loan and lease losses inherently involves a high degree of subjectivity and judgment and requires us to make significant estimates of current credit risks and future trends, all of which may undergo material changes. Changes in economic conditions affecting borrowers, new information regarding existing loans, identification of additional problem loans and other factors, both within and outside of our control, may require us to increase our allowance for loan and lease losses. Increases in non-performing loans have a significant impact on our allowance for loan and lease losses. Our allowance for loan and lease losses may not be adequate to absorb actual loan and lease losses. If conditions in the real estate markets continue, we could continue to experience increased delinquencies and credit losses, particularly with respect to real estate construction and land acquisition and development loans and one-to-four family residential mortgage loans. Moreover, we expect that the current economy will negatively impact our market areas and that we could experience higher delinquencies and credit losses. As a result, we will continue to make provisions for loan and lease losses and to charge off additional loans in the future, which could materially adversely affect our financial conditions and results of operations.

In addition to our internal processes for determining loss allowances, bank regulatory agencies periodically review our allowance for loan and lease losses and may require us to increase the provision for loan and lease losses, to recognize further loan charge-offs, or to take other actions, based on judgments that differ from those of our management. If loan charge-offs in future periods exceed the allowance for loan and lease losses, we will need to increase our allowance for loan lease losses. Furthermore, growth in our loan portfolio would generally lead to an increase in the provision for loan and lease losses. Any increases in our allowance for loan and lease losses will result in a decrease in net income and capital, and may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Our results of operations may be materially and adversely affected by other-than-temporary impairment charges relating to our investment portfolio.

During 2011, we recorded an other-than-temporary impairment charge for bank equity investment securities, and we may be required to record future impairment charges on our investment securities if they suffer declines in value that we determine are other-than-temporary. Numerous factors, including the lack of liquidity for re-sales of certain investment securities, the absence of reliable pricing information for investment securities, adverse changes in the business climate, adverse regulatory actions or unanticipated changes in the competitive environment, could have a negative effect on our investment portfolio in future periods. If an impairment charge is significant enough, it could affect the Bank’s ability to pay dividends, which could materially adversely affect us and our ability to pay dividends to shareholders. Significant impairment charges could also negatively impact our regulatory capital ratios and result in us not being classified as “well-capitalized” for regulatory purposes.

 

19


Table of Contents

We are exposed to environmental liabilities with respect to real estate.

We currently operate thirteen branch offices, and own additional real estate for future development. In addition, a significant portion of our loan portfolio is secured by real property. In the course of our business, we may foreclose, accept deeds in lieu of foreclosure, or otherwise acquire real estate, and in doing so could become subject to environmental liabilities with respect to these properties. We may become responsible to a governmental agency or third parties for property damage, personal injury, investigation and clean-up costs incurred by those parties in connection with environmental contamination, or may be required to investigate or clean-up hazardous or toxic substances, or chemical releases at a property. The costs associated with environmental investigation or remediation activities could be substantial. In addition, as the owner or former owner of a contaminated site, we may be subject to common law claims by third parties based on damages and costs resulting from environmental contamination emanating from the property. Although we have policies and procedures to perform an environmental review before acquiring title to any real property, these may not be sufficient to detect all potential environmental hazards. If we were to become subject to significant environmental liabilities, it could materially and adversely affect us.

Consumer protection initiatives related to the foreclosure process could affect our remedies as a creditor.

Consumer protection initiatives proposed related to the foreclosure process, including voluntary and/or mandatory programs intended to permit or require lenders to consider loan modifications or other alternatives to foreclosure, could increase our credit losses or increase our expense in pursuing our remedies as a creditor, which could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

The requirement to record certain assets and liabilities at fair value may adversely affect our financial results.

We report certain assets, including available-for-sale investment securities, at fair value. Generally, for assets that are reported at fair value we use quoted market prices or valuation models that utilize market data inputs to estimate fair value. Because we record these assets at their estimated fair value, we may incur losses even if the asset in question presents minimal credit risk. The level of interest rates can impact the estimated fair value of investment securities. Disruptions in the capital markets may require us to recognize other-than-temporary impairments in future periods with respect to investment securities in our portfolio. The amount and timing of any impairment recognized will depend on the severity and duration of the decline in fair value of our investment securities and our estimation of the anticipated recovery period.

Continued and sustained deterioration in the housing sector and related markets and prolonged elevated unemployment levels may adversely affect our business and financial results.

During 2012, general economic conditions continued to be stagnant nationally as well as in our market area. While we did not invest in sub-prime mortgages and related investments, our lending business is tied significantly to the housing market. Weakness in home prices and high unemployment levels, have adversely impacted the credit performance of real estate loans, resulting in the write-down of asset values in recent years. The ongoing concern about the economy in general has caused many lenders to reduce or cease providing funding to borrowers. These conditions may also cause a further reduction in loan demand, and increases in our non-performing assets, net charge-offs and provisions for loan and lease losses. A worsening of these negative economic conditions could adversely affect our prospects for growth, asset and goodwill valuations and could result in a decrease in our interest income and a material increase in our provision for loan and lease losses.

If our investment in the common stock of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh is classified as other-than-temporarily impaired or as permanently impaired, our earnings and stockholders’ equity could decrease.

We own common stock of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh. We hold this stock to qualify for membership in the Federal Home Loan Bank System and to be eligible to borrow funds under the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh’s advance program. The aggregate cost and fair value of our Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh common stock as of December 31, 2012 was $4.2 million based on its par value. There is no public market for our Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh common stock.

 

20


Table of Contents

Interest Rate Risk

Changes in interest rates could affect our investment values and net interest income which could hurt our net income.

At December 31, 2012, the Company had approximately $161.4 million of marketable securities available for sale in its portfolio. These securities are carried at fair value on our consolidated balance sheets. Unrealized gains or losses on these securities, that is, the difference between the fair value and the amortized cost of these securities, are reflected in stockholders’ equity, net of deferred taxes. As of December 31, 2012, the Company’s available for sale marketable securities portfolio had an unrealized gain, net of taxes, of $4.5 million. The fair value of the Company’s available for sale marketable securities is subject to interest rate change, which would not affect recorded earnings, but would increase or decrease comprehensive income and stockholders’ equity.

The principal component of the Company’s earnings is net interest income, which is the difference between interest and fees earned on interest-earning assets and interest paid on deposits and other borrowings. The most significant impact on net interest income between periods is derived from the interaction of changes in the volume of and rates earned or paid on interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. The volume of earning dollars in loans and investments, compared to the volume of interest-bearing liabilities represented by deposits and borrowings, combined with the spread, produces the changes in net interest income between periods.

Compliance Risk

The Company operates in a highly regulated environment and may be adversely affected by changes in laws and regulations.

The Company is registered as a financial holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, and, as such, is subject to supervision and regulation by the Federal Reserve Board. As a financial holding company, the Company is permitted to engage in banking-related activities as authorized by the Federal Reserve Board, directly or through subsidiaries or by acquiring companies already established in such activities subject to the Federal Reserve Board regulations relating to those activities.

Our banking subsidiary, Penn Security Bank and Trust Company, as a Pennsylvania state-chartered financial institution, is subject to supervision, regulation and examination by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania Department of Banking and by the FDIC, which insures the Bank’s deposits to the maximum extent permitted by law.

Regulatory authorities have extensive discretion in their supervisory and enforcement activities, including the imposition of restrictions on operations, the classification of assets and determination of the level of allowance for loan and lease losses. Any change in regulation and oversight, whether in the form of regulatory policy, regulations, legislation or supervisory claim may have a material impact on the Company’s and the Bank’s operations.

The Dodd-Frank Act, among other things, has created a new Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, will tighten capital standards, and has resulted and will result in new regulations that are expected to increase our costs of operations.

On July 21, 2010, the Dodd-Frank Act became law. This new law will significantly change the current bank regulatory structure and affect the lending, deposit, investment, trading and operating activities of financial institutions and their holding companies. The Dodd-Frank Act requires various federal agencies to adopt a broad range of new implementing rules and regulations, and to prepare numerous studies and reports for Congress. The federal agencies are given significant discretion in drafting the implementing rules and regulations, and consequently, many of the details and much of the impact of the Dodd-Frank Act may not be known for many years.

Effective July 21, 2011 is a provision for the Dodd-Frank Act that eliminates the federal prohibitions on paying interest on demand deposits, thus allowing businesses to have interest bearing checking accounts. Depending on competitive responses, this significant change to existing law could have an adverse impact on our interest expense.

The Dodd-Frank Act also broadens the base for FDIC deposit insurance assessments. Assessments are now be based on the average consolidated total assets less tangible equity capital of a financial institution, rather than deposits.

The Dodd-Frank Act requires publicly traded companies to give stockholders a non-binding vote on executive compensation and so-called “golden parachute” payments, and authorizes the Securities and Exchange Commission to promulgate rules that would allow stockholders to nominate their own candidates using a company’s proxy materials. It also provides that the listing standards of the national securities exchanges shall require listed companies to implement and disclose “clawback” policies mandating the recovery of incentive compensation paid to executive officers in connection with accounting restatements. The legislation also directs the Federal Reserve Board to promulgate rules prohibiting excessive compensation paid to bank holding company executives, regardless of whether the company is publicly traded or not.

 

21


Table of Contents

The Dodd-Frank Act creates a new Consumer Financial Protection Bureau with broad powers to supervise and enforce consumer protection laws. The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau has broad rule-making authority for a wide range of consumer protection laws that apply to all banks and savings institutions, including the authority to prohibit “unfair, deceptive or abusive” acts and practices. The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau has examination and enforcement authority over all banks and savings institutions with more than $10 billion in assets. Banks with $10 billion or less in assets will continue to be examined for compliance with the consumer laws by their primary bank regulators. The Dodd-Frank Act also gives state attorneys general the ability to enforce federal consumer protection laws.

The Dodd-Frank Act requires minimum leverage (Tier 1) and risk based capital requirements for bank and savings and loan holding companies that are no less than those applicable to banks, which will exclude certain instruments that previously have been eligible for inclusion by bank holding companies as Tier 1 capital, such as trust preferred securities.

It is difficult to quantify at this time what specific impact the Dodd-Frank Act and the implementing rules and regulations will have on community banks. However, our operating and compliance costs increased to $426 for the year ended December 31, 2012 from $217 for the year ended December 31, 2011.

We may be subject to more stringent capital and liquidity requirements which would adversely affect our net income and future growth.

The Dodd-Frank Act applies the same leverage and risk-based capital requirements that apply to insured depository institutions to most bank holding companies, which, among other things, will change the way in which hybrid securities, such as trust preferred securities, are treated for purposes of determining a bank holding company’s regulatory capital. On June 14, 2011, the federal banking agencies published a final rule regarding minimum leverage and risk-based capital requirements for banks and bank holding companies consistent with the requirements of Section 171 of the Dodd-Frank Act. For a more detailed description of the minimum capital requirements see “Regulation and Supervision – Capital Requirements.”

In December 2010, the Basel Committee released its final framework for strengthening international capital and liquidity regulation (“Basel III”). Basel III requires bank holding companies and their bank subsidiaries to maintain more capital, with a greater emphasis on common equity. On June 7, 2012, the U.S. banking agencies requested comment on the three proposed rules that, taken together, would establish an integrated regulatory capital framework implementing Basel III in the U.S. U.S. banking agencies have delayed implementation of the proposed new rules as they continue to weigh views expressed during the comment period. As proposed, U.S. implementation of Basel III would lead to significantly higher capital requirements and more restrictive leverage and liquidity ratios than those currently in place.

Future increases in minimum capital requirements could adversely affect our net income. Furthermore, our failure to comply with the minimum capital requirements could result in our regulators taking formal or informal actions against us which could restrict our future growth or operations.

Operational Risk

The continuing effects of the economic recession could result in increases in our level of non-performing loans and/or reduce demand for our products and services, which would lead to lower revenue, higher loan and lease losses and lower earnings.

Our business activities and earnings are affected by general business conditions in the United States and in our primary market area. These conditions include short-term and long-term interest rates, inflation, unemployment levels, monetary supply, consumer confidence and spending, fluctuations in both debt and equity capital markets and the strength of the economy in the United States generally and in our primary market area in particular. In the recent recession, the national economy has experienced general economic downturns, with rising unemployment levels, declines in real estate values and erosion in consumer confidence. The recent economic recession has also had a negative impact on our primary market area, which has experienced a softening of the local real estate market and reductions in local property values. A prolonged or more severe economic downturn, continued elevated levels of unemployment, further declines in the values of real estate, or other events that affect household and/or corporate incomes could impair the ability of our borrowers to repay their loans in accordance with their terms. The economic downturn could also result in reduced demand for credit or fee-based products and services, which also would decrease our revenues.

 

22


Table of Contents

The Company needs to continually attract and retain qualified personnel for its operations.

High quality customer service, as well as efficient and profitable operations, is dependent on the Company’s ability to attract and retain qualified individuals for key positions within the organization. The Company relies heavily on the executive officers and employees. The loss of certain executive officers or employees could have an adverse effect on us because, as a community bank, the executive officers and employees typically have more responsibility than would be typical at a larger financial institution with more employees. In addition, as a community bank, the Bank has fewer management-level and other personnel who are in position to succeed and assume the responsibilities of certain existing executive officers and employees.

Our operations could be affected if we do not have access to modern and reliable technology.

The Company operates in a highly-automated environment, wherein almost all transactions are processed by computer software to produce results. To remain competitive, the Company must continually evaluate the adequacy of its data processing capabilities and make revisions as needed.

The Company regularly tests its ability to restore data capabilities in the event of a natural disaster, sustained power failure or other inability to utilize its primary systems. The Company also regularly tests its firewall for unintended intrusions and penetration.

Strong competition within our market could hurt our net income and inhibit growth.

The Bank operates in a competitive environment in which it must share its market with many local independent banks as well as several banks which are affiliates or branches of very large regional holding companies. The Bank encounters competition from diversified financial institutions, ranging in size from small banks to the nationwide banks operating in its region. The competition includes commercial banks, savings and loan associations, credit unions, other lending institutions and mortgage originators.

The principal competitive factors among the Company’s competitors can be grouped into two categories: pricing and services. In the Company’s primary service area, interest rates on deposits, especially time deposits, and interest rates and fees charged to customers on loans are very competitive. In this current economic environment there is increased competition in view of weaker loan demand. From a service perspective, the Bank competes in areas such as convenience of location, types of services, service costs and banking hours. Our profitability depends on our continued ability to compete successfully in our market area.

The Federal Reserve’s repeal of the prohibition against payment of interest on demand deposits (Regulation Q) may increase competition for such deposits and ultimately increase interest expense.

A major portion of our net income comes from our interest rate spread, which is the difference between the interest rates paid by us on amounts used to fund assets and the interest rates and fees we receive on our interest-earning assets. Our interest-earning assets include outstanding loans extended to our customers and securities held in our investment portfolio. We fund assets using deposits and other borrowings. Our goal has been to maintain non-interest-bearing deposits in the range of 15% to 30% of total deposits, and we currently maintain approximately 21% of deposits as non-interest bearing.

On July 14, 2011, the Federal Reserve issued final rules to repeal Regulation Q, which had prohibited the payment of interest on demand deposits by institutions that are member banks of the Federal Reserve System. The final rules implement Section 627 of the Dodd-Frank Act, which repealed Section 19(i) of the Federal Reserve Act in its entirety effective July 21, 2011. As a result, banks and thrifts are now permitted to offer interest-bearing demand deposit accounts to commercial customers, which were previously forbidden under Regulation Q. The repeal of Regulation Q may cause increased competition from other financial institutions for these deposits. If we decide to pay interest on demand accounts, we would expect our interest expense to increase.

Recent health care legislation could increase our expenses or require us to pass further costs on to our employees, which could adversely affect our operations, financial condition and earnings.

Legislation enacted in 2010 requires companies to provide expanded health care coverage to their employees, such as affordable coverage to part-time employees and coverage to dependent adult children of employees. Companies will also be required to enroll new employees automatically into their health plans. Compliance with these and other new requirements of the health care legislation will increase our employee benefits expense, and may require us to pass these costs on to our employees, which could give us a competitive disadvantage in hiring and retaining qualified employees.

 

23


Table of Contents

Our disclosure controls and procedures and our internal control over financial reporting may not achieve their intended objectives.

We maintain disclosure controls and procedures designed to ensure that we timely report information as specified in the rules and forms of the Securities and Exchange Commission. We also maintain a system of internal control over financial reporting. These controls may not achieve their intended objectives. Control processes that involve human diligence and compliance, such as our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting, are subject to lapses in judgment and breakdowns resulting from human failures. Controls can also be circumvented by collusion or improper management override. Because of such limitations, there are risks that material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected and that information may not be reported on a timely basis. During the quarter ended June 30, 2012, we became aware that the actuarially computed value of our postretirement life insurance benefit liability was inaccurate and we were required to restate certain of our historical financial statements. (See “General Notes to Financial Statements — Note 28 Restatement” included in Part II, Item 8 of this report.) If our controls are not effective, it could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, and market for our common stock, and could subject us to regulatory scrutiny.

We are subject to certain operational risks, including, but not limited to, customer or employee fraud and data processing system failures and errors.

Employee errors and misconduct could subject us to financial losses or regulatory sanctions and seriously harm our reputation. Misconduct by our employees could include hiding unauthorized activities from us, improper or unauthorized activities on behalf of our customers or improper use of confidential information. It is not always possible to prevent employee errors and misconduct, and the precautions we take to prevent and detect this activity may not be effective in all cases. Employee errors could also subject us to financial claims for negligence.

We maintain a system of internal controls and insurance coverage which are designed to mitigate operational risks, including data processing system failures and errors, and customer or employee fraud, but they may not achieve their intended objectives. Should our internal controls fail to prevent or detect an occurrence, or if any resulting loss is not insured or exceeds applicable insurance limits, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Risks Regarding Our Common Stock

There is a limited trading market for our common stock, which may adversely affect our stock price.

Although the common stock is quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board, there is very limited trading in our shares. If an active trading market for the common stock does not exist, you may not be able to sell all of your shares of common stock on short notice, and the sale of a large number of shares at one time could temporarily depress the market price. There also may be a wide spread between the bid and ask price for our common stock. When there is a wide spread between the bid and ask price, the price at which you may be able to sell our common stock may be significantly lower than the price at which you could buy it at that time.

A significant percentage of our common stock is held by our directors and executive officers, which could enable insiders to prevent a merger or other transaction that may provide stockholders a premium for their shares.

At December 31, 2012, our directors and executive officers beneficially owned approximately 12.6% of our outstanding shares. If these individuals were to act together, they could have a significant influence over the outcome of any shareholder vote.

Our governing documents, Pennsylvania law, and current policies of our board of directors contain provisions which may reduce the likelihood of a change in control transaction that may otherwise be available and attractive to shareholders.

Our articles of incorporation and bylaws contain certain anti-takeover provisions that may make it more difficult or expensive or may discourage a tender offer, change in control or takeover attempt that is opposed by our board of directors. In particular, the articles of incorporation and bylaws: classify our board of directors into four groups, so that shareholders elect only approximately one-fourth of the board each year; require our shareholders to give us advance notice to nominate candidates for election to the board of directors or to make shareholder proposals at a shareholders’ meeting; and require the vote of the holders of at least 75% of the Company’s voting shares to approve certain business combinations. These provisions of our articles of incorporation and bylaws could discourage potential acquisition proposals and could delay or prevent a change in control, even though a majority of our shareholders may consider such proposals desirable. Such provisions could also make it more difficult for third parties to remove and replace the

 

24


Table of Contents

members of our board of directors. Moreover, these provisions could diminish the opportunities for shareholders to participate in certain tender offers, including tender offers at prices above the then-current market value of our common stock, and may also inhibit increases in the trading price of our common stock that could result from takeover attempts or speculation.

In addition, anti-takeover provisions in Pennsylvania law could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire control of us. These provisions could adversely affect the market price of our common stock and could reduce the amount that shareholders might receive if we are sold. For example, Pennsylvania law may restrict a third party’s ability to obtain control of the Company and may prevent shareholders from receiving a premium for their shares of our common stock. Pennsylvania law also provides that our shareholders are not entitled by statute to propose amendments to our articles of incorporation.

Liquidity Risk

Increased needs for disbursement of funds on loans and deposits can affect our liquidity.

The objective of liquidity management is to maintain a balance between sources and uses of funds in such a way that the cash requirements of customers for loans and deposit withdrawals are met in the most economical manner. Management monitors its liquidity position continuously in relation to trends of loans and deposits for short-term as well as long-term requirements. Liquid assets are monitored on a daily basis to assure maximum utilization. Management also manages its liquidity requirements by maintaining an adequate level of readily marketable assets and access to short-term funding sources. If we do not properly manage our liquidity, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows may be materially and adversely affected.

Our future pension plan costs and contributions could be unfavorably impacted by the factors that are used in the actuarial calculations.

Although the Company’s non-contributory defined benefit pension plan was frozen in 2008, the costs for the pension plan are dependent upon a number of factors, such as the rates of return on plan assets, discount rates, the level of interest rates used to measure the required minimum funding levels of the plans, future government regulation and required or voluntary contributions made to the plans. Without sustained growth in the pension investments over time to increase the value of our plan assets and depending upon the other factors impacting our costs as listed above, the Bank could be required to fund our plans with higher amounts of cash than are anticipated by our actuaries. Such increased funding obligations could have a material impact on our liquidity by reducing our cash flows. The Company offers group term life insurance to active and retired employees. This product exposes the Company to increasing costs of insurance in future years.

The Company is dependent for liquidity on payments from the Bank, which payments are subject to restrictions.

The Company depends on dividends, distributions and other payments from the Bank to fund dividend payments to our shareholders, if any, and to fund all payments on obligations of the Company. The Bank and its subsidiaries are subject to laws that restrict dividend payments or authorize regulatory bodies to block or reduce the flow of funds from those subsidiaries to us. Restrictions or regulatory actions of that kind could impede our access to funds that we may need to make payments on our obligations or dividend payments, if any. In addition, our right to participate in a distribution of assets upon a subsidiary’s liquidation or reorganization is subject to the prior claims of the subsidiary’s creditors. Holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends if and when declared from time to time by our board of directors in its sole discretion out of funds legally available for that purpose.

 

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS.

None.

 

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES.

The Company and Bank operate thirteen offices positioned throughout the greater Northeastern Pennsylvania region in the South Scranton, East Scranton, Green Ridge, Minooka, and Central City sections of Scranton; Moscow; Gouldsboro; South Abington Township; Mount Pocono; East Stroudsburg at Eagle Valley Corners; Old Forge; Peckville and Duryea. Through these offices, the Company provides a full range of banking and trust services primarily to Lackawanna, Luzerne, Wayne, Monroe and the surrounding counties. All offices are owned by the Bank or through a wholly owned subsidiary of the Bank, Penseco Realty, Inc., with the exception of the Mount Pocono Office, which is owned by the Bank but is located on land occupied under a long-term lease. In January 2013, the Bank entered into an agreement to purchase property in Kingston, Pennsylvania to be used for construction of a new branch facility. The Bank has received regulatory approval for the establishment of this new branch office, which is expected to be operational during 2014. The Company also owns property in the Borough of Dalton, Lackawanna County, which it may use for potential future expansion.

 

25


Table of Contents

The Company’s and Bank’s principal office, located at the corner of North Washington Avenue and Spruce Street in the “Central City” of Scranton’s business district, houses the operations, trust, investor services, marketing and audit departments as well as the Company’s executive offices. Several remote ATM locations are leased by the Bank, which are located throughout Northeastern Pennsylvania. All branches and ATM locations are equipped with closed circuit television monitoring.

 

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.

There are no material pending legal proceedings, other than ordinary routine litigation incidental to the business of the Company and its subsidiary, as to which the Company or subsidiary is a party or of which any of their property is subject.

 

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES.

Not applicable.

Part II

 

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

This Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is an alternative annual disclosure statement, as required under FDIC regulations applicable to the Bank. Questions may be directed to any branch location of the Bank or by contacting the Finance Division Head’s office at:

Patrick Scanlon, Senior Vice President, Finance Division Head

Penseco Financial Services Corporation

150 North Washington Avenue

Scranton, Pennsylvania 18503-1848

1-800-327-0394

The Company’s capital stock is quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board under the symbol “PFNS”. The following table sets forth the price range together with dividends paid for each of our two most recent fiscal years. These quotations reflect inter-dealer prices, without retail mark-up, mark-down or commission, and may not necessarily reflect the value of actual transactions.

 

2012

   High      Low      Dividends Paid
Per Share
    

2011

   High      Low      Dividends Paid
Per Share
 

First Quarter

   $ 40.00       $ 36.58       $ .42      

First Quarter

   $ 40.00       $ 35.55       $ .42   

Second Quarter

     41.00         37.50         .42      

Second Quarter

     39.25         37.00         .42   

Third Quarter

     38.35         36.90         .42      

Third Quarter

     40.00         36.25         .42   

Fourth Quarter

     39.00         36.95         .42      

Fourth Quarter

     39.00         36.87         .42   
        

 

 

             

 

 

 
         $ 1.68                $ 1.68   
        

 

 

             

 

 

 

As of February 21, 2013 there were approximately 2,223 holders of record of the Company’s common stock, including 1,232 holders of record of the Company’s common stock held in street name.

DIVIDEND POLICY

Payment of future dividends will be subject to the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon the earnings of the Company, its financial condition, capital requirements, need for funds and other matters as the Board deems appropriate.

Dividends on the Company common stock, if approved by our board of directors, are customarily paid on or about March 15, June 15, September 15 and December 15.

 

26


Table of Contents

PENSECO FINANCIAL SERVICES CORPORATION

The following line graph sets forth comparative information regarding the Company’s cumulative shareholder return on its common stock over the last five fiscal years. Total shareholder return is measured by dividing total dividends (assuming dividend reinvestment) plus share price change for a period by the share price at the beginning of the investment period. The Company’s cumulative shareholder return based on an investment of $100 at the beginning of the five-year period beginning December 31, 2007 is compared to the cumulative total return of the Russell 2000 Index (“Russell 2000”) and the SNL Securities Northeast Over The Counter (“OTC”) Pink Sheet Banks Index (“Pink Banks”) which more closely reflects the Company’s peer group. The yearly points marked on the horizontal axis of the graph correspond to December 31st of that year.

 

 

LOGO

 

     Period Ending  

Index

   12/31/07      12/31/08      12/31/09      12/31/10      12/31/11      12/31/12  

Penseco Financial Services Corporation

   $ 100.00       $ 97.14       $ 96.69       $ 103.42       $ 114.19       $ 117.75   

Russell 2000

     100.00         66.21         84.20         106.82         102.36         119.09   

SNL Northeast OTC-BB and Pink Banks

     100.00         81.45         76.53         83.33         81.57         93.96   

 

27


Table of Contents
ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA.

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS:

 

     2012     2011*     2010*     2009*     2008*  

Interest Income

   $ 37,591      $ 39,707      $ 41,745      $ 40,151      $ 33,898   

Interest Expense

     5,362        7,339        8,356        9,580        10,830   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Interest Income

     32,229        32,368        33,389        30,571        23,068   

Provision for Loan and Lease Losses

     924        2,381        1,999        2,260        861   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Interest Income after Provision for Loan and Lease Losses

     31,305        29,987        31,390        28,311        22,207   

Non-Interest Income

     11,441        12,619        12,152        10,369        11,036   

Non-Interest Expenses

     29,099        29,041        28,689        28,640        22,384   

Income Taxes

     3,058        3,034        3,287        1,813        2,386   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income

   $ 10,589      $ 10,531      $ 11,566      $ 8,227      $ 8,473   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BALANCE SHEET AMOUNTS (As of December 31):

          

Assets

   $ 918,042      $ 925,532      $ 916,837      $ 884,034      $ 629,627   

Investment Securities

   $ 177,293      $ 191,208      $ 217,044      $ 195,930      $ 151,912   

Net Loans

   $ 616,580      $ 624,811      $ 608,605      $ 597,670      $ 435,873   

Deposits

   $ 721,948      $ 720,518      $ 691,032      $ 645,434      $ 424,725   

Long-Term Borrowings

   $ 45,397      $ 58,220      $ 68,835      $ 68,094      $ 72,720   

Stockholders’ Equity

   $ 132,446      $ 127,333      $ 120,466      $ 116,024      $ 72,361   

PER SHARE AMOUNTS:

          

Earnings per Share - Basic

   $ 3.23      $ 3.21      $ 3.53      $ 2.75      $ 3.94   

Earnings per Share - Diluted

   $ 3.23      $ 3.21      $ 3.53      $ 2.75      $ 3.94   

Dividends per Share

   $ 1.68      $ 1.68      $ 1.68      $ 1.68      $ 1.66   

Book Value per Share

   $ 40.43      $ 38.87      $ 36.77      $ 38.75      $ 33.69   

Weighted Average Common Shares Outstanding - Basic

     3,276,079        3,276,079        3,276,079        2,994,059        2,148,000   

Weighted Average Common Shares Outstanding - Diluted

     3,276,411        3,276,079        3,276,079        2,994,059        2,148,000   

FINANCIAL RATIOS:

          

Net Interest Margin (1)

     4.05     4.02     4.39     4.50     4.34

Return on Average Assets

     1.14     1.13     1.30     1.02     1.37

Return on Average Equity

     8.07     8.45     9.73     7.89     11.90

Average Equity to Average Assets

     14.18     13.37     13.38     12.94     11.54

Dividend Payout Ratio

     52.01     52.34     47.59     61.09     42.13

 

(1) Net interest margin is presented on a tax equivalent basis. See page 36 for a description of the tax equivalent adjustments.

Reference should be made to the information about the Company’s acquisition of Old Forge Bank under the heading “Part I, Item 1, Business”.

 

28


Table of Contents
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Our financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP) and with general practices within the banking industry. The following discussion and analysis is intended to provide information to facilitate the understanding and assessment of our financial condition, changes in our financial condition and our results of operations. This discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the Company’s audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included in Part II, Item 8 of this report.

Critical Accounting Policies

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Provision and Allowance for loan and lease losses – The provision for loan and lease losses charged to operating expense represents the adjustment that, in management’s judgment, is necessary to maintain the allowance for loan and lease losses at a level that is adequate to absorb probable losses inherent in the Company’s loan portfolio. The allowance for loan and lease losses is determined based on a documented methodology. This methodology considers all significant factors that affect the collectability of the loans within our portfolio, including past loan loss experience, management’s evaluation of the probable loss in the current loan portfolio under current economic conditions and such other factors as, in management’s best judgment, merit recognition in estimating loan and lease losses.

Actuarial assumptions associated with pension, post-retirement and other employee benefit plans – These assumptions include discount rate, rate of future compensation increases and expected return on plan assets.

Income taxes – The calculation of the provision for federal income taxes is complex and requires the use of estimates and judgments. Deferred federal income tax assets or liabilities represent the estimated impact of temporary differences between the recognition of assets and liabilities under GAAP, and how such assets and liabilities are recognized under the federal tax code. The Company uses an estimate of future earnings to support management’s position that the benefit of the deferred tax assets will be realized. If projected income is not recognized, at all or in the amounts predicted, the asset may not be realized and net income will be reduced. Deferred tax assets are described further in “General Notes to Financial Statements — Note 19 Income Taxes”.

The Company and its subsidiary file income tax and other returns in the U.S. Federal jurisdiction, Pennsylvania state jurisdiction and local jurisdictions.

Management evaluated the Company’s tax positions and concluded that the aggregate liabilities related to taxes are appropriately reflected in the consolidated financial statements. With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to income tax examinations by the U.S. Federal, state or local tax authorities for years before 2009.

Fair Value Measurements – Fair values of financial instruments are estimated using relevant market information and other assumptions. Fair value estimates involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment regarding interest rates, credit risk, prepayment speeds and other factors. Changes in assumptions or in market conditions could significantly affect the estimates. Fair value measurements are classified within one of three levels within a valuation hierarchy based on the transparency of inputs to each valuation as of the fair value measurement date. The three levels are defined as follows:

Level I – quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.

Level II – inputs include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, quoted prices of identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, and inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument.

Level III – inputs that are unobservable and significant to the fair value measurement. Financial instruments are considered Level III when values are determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies, or similar techniques, and at least one significant model assumption or input is unobservable.

 

29


Table of Contents

Other-than-temporary impairment of investments – Investments are evaluated periodically to determine whether a decline in their value is other than temporary. Management utilizes criteria such as the magnitude and duration of the decline, in addition to the reasons underlying the decline, to determine whether the loss in value is other than temporary. The term “other-than-temporary” is not intended to indicate that the decline is permanent. It indicates that the prospects for a near term recovery of value are not necessarily favorable, or that there is a lack of evidence to support fair values equal to, or greater than, the carrying value of the investment. Once a decline in value is determined to be other-than-temporary, the value of the security is reduced and a corresponding charge to earnings is recognized. In 2011, the Company recorded an other-than-temporary impairment charge of $78 related to the Company’s equity investment portfolio containing stock of financial institutions. The Company did not record any other-than-temporary impairment charges in 2012 or 2010.

Premium amortization – The amortization of premiums on mortgage-backed securities is done based on management’s estimate of the lives of the securities, adjusted, when necessary, for advanced prepayments in excess of those estimates.

Loans purchased – Loans purchased as a result of the Merger were recorded at the acquisition date fair value. Management made three different types of fair value adjustments in order to record the loans at fair value. An interest rate fair value adjustment was made comparing current weighted average rates of the acquired loans to stated market rates of similar loan types. A general credit fair value adjustment was made on similar loan types based on historical loss projections plus a discount for the weak economic environment. A specific credit fair value adjustment was made to loans identified by management as being problematic. The specific loans have been discounted by management based on collateral values and expected cash flows. The interest rate and general credit fair value adjustments are being accreted over an eight year period based on a sum-of-the-years-digits basis. The specific credit fair value adjustment is reduced only when cash flows are received or loans are charged-off or transferred to other real estate owned.

Loan servicing rights – Mortgage servicing rights are evaluated for impairment based on the fair value of those rights. Fair values are estimated using discounted cash flows based on current market rates of interest and expected future prepayment rates. For purposes of measuring impairment, the rights must be stratified by one or more predominant risk characteristics of the underlying loans. The Company stratifies its capitalized mortgage servicing rights based on the product type, interest rate and term of the underlying loans. The amount of impairment recognized is the amount, if any, by which the amortized cost of the rights for each stratum exceed the fair value.

Time deposits – Time deposits acquired through the Merger have been recorded at their acquisition date fair value. The fair value of time deposits represents the present value of the time deposits’ expected contractual payments discounted by market rates for similar deposits. The fair value adjustment is amortized monthly based on a level yield methodology.

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase - The Company also offers securities sold under agreements to repurchase as an alternative to conventional savings deposits for its customers. The securities sold under agreements to repurchase are accounted for as a collateralized borrowing with a one day maturity and are collateralized by U.S. Agency securities.

Core deposit intangible – The fair value assigned to the core deposit intangible asset represents the future economic benefit of the potential cost savings from acquiring core deposits in the Merger compared to the cost of obtaining alternative funding, such as brokered deposits, from market sources. Management utilized an income approach to present value the expected after tax cash flow benefits of the acquired core deposits. The core deposit intangible is being amortized over ten years on a sum-of-the-years-digits basis.

Goodwill - Goodwill arose in connection with the Merger. It is reviewed by management for possible impairment at least annually or more frequently upon the occurrence of an event or when circumstances indicate that its carrying amount exceeds fair value. Management has obtained a Step One Test, a professional evaluation of the Company as of December 31, 2012. The Company practice is to perform a Step One Test on an every other year basis. The 2012 test was performed on this basis and not as a result of any qualitative factor indicating potential impairment. The evaluation disclosed that the fair value of the Company stock is approximately 22.9% above book value, considering both income and market approaches. Market conditions that could negatively impact the value of goodwill in the future are essentially those Risk Factors discussed in Part IA of this report. Management has determined that the carrying value of goodwill has not been impaired at December 31, 2012.

Depreciation – Provision for depreciation and amortization, computed principally on the straight-line method, is charged to operating expenses over the estimated useful lives of the assets.

 

30


Table of Contents

SUMMARY

 

     2012     2011*     2010*  

Interest Income

   $ 37,591      $ 39,707      $ 41,745   

Interest Expense

     5,362        7,339        8,356   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Interest Income

     32,229        32,368        33,389   

Provision for Loan and Lease Losses

     924        2,381        1,999   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Interest Income after Provision for Loan and Lease Losses

     31,305        29,987        31,390   

Non-Interest Income

     11,441        12,619        12,152   

Non-Interest Expenses

     29,099        29,041        28,689   

Income Taxes

     3,058        3,034        3,287   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income

   $ 10,589      $ 10,531      $ 11,566   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per Share - Basic

   $ 3.23      $ 3.21      $ 3.53   

Earnings per Share - Diluted

   $ 3.23      $ 3.21      $ 3.53   

Total Revenue

   $ 49,032      $ 52,326      $ 53,897   

Net Interest Margin (1)

     4.05     4.02     4.39

BALANCE SHEET AMOUNTS:

      

Assets

   $ 918,042      $ 925,532      $ 916,837   

Investment Securities

   $ 177,293      $ 191,208      $ 217,044   

Net Loans

   $ 616,580      $ 624,811      $ 608,605   

Deposits

   $ 721,948      $ 720,518      $ 691,032   

Long-Term Borrowings

   $ 45,397      $ 58,220      $ 68,835   

Stockholders’ Equity

   $ 132,446      $ 127,333      $ 120,466   

 

(1) Net interest margin is presented on a tax equivalent basis. See page 36 for a description of the tax equivalent adjustments.
* - as restated see Note 28

Net income for 2012 increased $58, or 0.6% to $10,589, or $3.23 per basic and diluted weighted average share, compared with $10,531, or $3.21, per basic and diluted weighted average share, from 2011. Net interest income decreased $139, or 0.4%. Net interest margin increased to 4.05% for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to 4.02% for the year ended December 31, 2011. Net interest income, after provision for loan and lease losses, increased $1,318, or 4.4%, during 2012, due to a reduction in interest expense of $1,977, or 26.9%, from lower funding costs and lower average balances of time deposits and borrowings, and a $1,457, or 61.2%, decrease in the provision for loan and lease losses, offset by a decrease in interest income of $2,116, or 5.3%. The decrease in interest income was primarily attributable to investment and loan cash flows being reinvested in securities that have historically low yields, including excess reserve deposits held at the Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia. Non-interest income decreased $1,178, or 9.3%, primarily due to income recorded in connection with the reversal of a contingent liability of $500 during 2011. These decreases were partially offset by increased gains on the sale of residential mortgage loans of $322. The Company recognized no impairment losses in 2012 as compared to $78 in 2011 related to the Bank’s equity investment portfolio. Non-interest expenses increased $58, or 0.2%.

Net income for 2011 was $10,531, or $3.21 per basic and diluted weighted average share, compared with $11,566, or $3.53 per basic and diluted weighted average share, from 2010, a decrease of $1,035, or 8.9%. Net interest income decreased $1,021, or 3.1%. Net interest margin decreased to 4.02% for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to 4.39% for the year ended December 31, 2010. Net interest income, after provision for loan and lease losses, decreased $1,403, or 4.5%, during 2011, due to a decrease in interest income of $2,038, or 4.9%, an increase in the provision for loan and lease losses of $382, or 19.1%, offset by reduced interest expense of $1,017, or 12.2%, from lower funding costs. The decrease in interest income was primarily attributable to investment and loan cash flows being reinvested in securities that have historically low yields. Non-interest income increased $467, or 3.8%, primarily as a

 

31


Table of Contents

result of the reversal of a $500 contingent liability recorded in connection with the Merger. The Company recognized impairment losses of $78 in 2011 as compared to none in 2010 related to the Bank’s equity investment portfolio. Non-interest expenses increased $352, or 1.2%, due to increases in salaries and employee benefits and other operating expenses offset by reduced FDIC insurance expense.

The Company’s return on average assets was 1.14% in 2012, compared to 1.13% in 2011 and 1.30% in 2010. Return on average equity was 8.07%, 8.45% and 9.73% in 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

The following table reflects net income from accretion and amortization, net of taxes, of acquisition date fair value adjustments relating to the Merger included in the Company’s financial results during the periods indicated.

 

Years Ended December 31,

   2012     2011     2010  

Homogeneous loan pools (interest income)

   $ 413      $ 525      $ 633   

Time deposits (interest expense)

     26        91        185   

Core deposit intangible expense (other operating expense)

     (176     (201     (225
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income from acquisition fair value adjustment

   $ 263      $ 415      $ 593   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accretion of the loan pools credit fair value adjustment and market rate fair value adjustment is calculated on a sum-of-the-years-digits basis over an eight year period. The fair value market rate adjustment of the time deposits is amortized monthly based on a level yield methodology over five years. The core deposit intangible is being amortized over ten years on a sum-of-the-years-digits basis.

Loan Portfolio

The table presented below indicates the composition of the Company’s loan portfolio at the dates specified:

 

December 31,

   2012            2011            2010         

Commercial secured by real estate

   $ 217,496         34.9   $ 208,875         33.1   $ 207,964         33.8

Residential real estate

     261,912         42.0     281,643         44.6     295,301         48.0

Commercial and industrial

     56,396         9.1     55,482         8.8     36,190         5.9

Consumer

     52,398         8.4     52,816         8.4     55,862         9.1

States & political subdivisions

     22,586         3.6     23,110         3.6     9,882         1.6

All other

     12,742         2.0     9,596         1.5     9,906         1.6
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loans, net of unearned income

   $ 623,530         100.0   $ 631,522         100.0   $ 615,105         100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

There were no purchased loans in 2012, 2011 or 2010 other than loan participations with local banks in the Bank’s primary market area. Originations of new loans in 2012 were primarily in commercial and commercial real estate loans, which have been areas of focus for the Bank in recent years.

 

Year Ended December 31, 2012

   Number of
Loans
     Original
Balance
 

Commercial secured by real estate

     71       $ 62,966   

Residential real estate

     667         87,047   

Commercial and industrial

     387         32,910   

Consumer

     1,539         19,529   

States & political subdivisions

     12         27,460   

All other

     8         5,329   

Of the Company’s $87.0 million in residential real estate loan originations in 2012, loans with an aggregate principal value of $41.3 million were sold to the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mac”), and the balance were held by us in our loan portfolio. There were no loans held for sale as of December 31, 2012 and 2011.

Market Area

The Northeastern Pennsylvania economy in which we operate has been affected by the economic decline that has affected the U.S. economy as a whole. The national unemployment rate was 7.8% and the statewide unemployment rate stood at 7.9% and the Scranton/Wilkes-Barre metropolitan area unemployment rate was 9.5% at December 31, 2012. The region still leads the state’s 14 metro areas with the highest unemployment rate for the thirty-third straight month, according to the data released recently by the State Department of Labor and Industry. The high unemployment rate can be attributed to a gradual decline in manufacturing in Northeastern Pennsylvania, and much like the rest of the country, a slowdown in construction of residential and commercial property.

 

32


Table of Contents

High unemployment in Northeastern Pennsylvania will continue to put pressure on the local economy and on our loan portfolio. Average home prices only increased by 4.5% in November over the year-earlier period, according to the latest Case-Shiller House Price Index, which is a leading measure for the U.S. residential housing market. We believe that our focus on identifying borrowers who are facing cash flow problems before they are unable to make their payments will significantly improve our ability to help these borrowers maintain their debt service through difficult times.

Deposits

As of December 31, 2012, the Company had Certificate of Deposit Account Registry Service (“CDARS”) reciprocal deposits in the amount of $22.3 million. The Company also issues brokered certificates of deposit; there was no balance outstanding as of December 31, 2012. The brokered certificates of deposit issued are generally a low cost alternative to wholesale funding with the majority offered having a call feature optionality not provided by wholesale funding. As of December 31, 2011, the dollar amount of total brokered deposits, exclusive of CDARS reciprocal deposits, was $23.2 million, or 3.2% and $51.3 million, or 7.4%, at December 31, 2010.

 

December 31,

   2012      2011      2010  

Demand – Non-interest bearing

   $ 151,121       $ 134,799       $ 113,391   

Demand – Interest bearing

     102,722         85,111         70,989   

Savings

     126,618         120,269         113,382   

Money markets

     166,273         165,611         144,206   

Time – Over $100,000

     81,855         84,828         85,404   

Time – Other

     93,359         129,900         163,660   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Deposits

   $ 721,948       $ 720,518       $ 691,032   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Net Interest Income

Net interest income, the principal component of the Company’s earnings, is defined as the difference between interest and fees earned on interest-earning assets and interest paid on deposits and other borrowings. Average interest-earning assets are composed primarily of loans and investments while deposits, short-term and long-term borrowings represent interest-bearing liabilities. Variations in the volume and mix of these assets and liabilities, as well as changes in the yields earned and rates paid, are determinants of changes in net interest income.

Net interest income decreased $139, or 0.4%, to $32,229 for 2012 compared to $32,368 for 2011. Loan interest income decreased $1,046, or 3.1%, for 2012, largely due to historically low interest rates. Investment income decreased $1,065, or 17.6%, due to lower rates and lower volume of investments.

The net interest margin represents the Company’s net yield on its average interest-earning assets and is calculated as net interest income, as adjusted to account for tax-exempt investments, divided by average interest-earning assets. The Company’s net interest margin for the year ended December 31, 2012 was 4.05%, compared with 4.02% for the year ended December 31, 2011 and 4.39% for the year ended December 31, 2010.

Interest income in 2012 totaled $37,591, compared to $39,707 in 2011, a decrease of $2,116, or 5.3%. The tax equivalent yield on average interest-earning assets decreased to 4.68% in 2012, compared to 4.87% in 2011. Average interest-earning assets decreased $12,532, or 1.5%, in 2012 to $850,270 from $862,802 in 2011. Average outstanding loans, which are typically the Company’s highest yielding earning assets, increased $13,257, or 2.1%, in 2012. Average outstanding loans represented 74.8% of 2012 average interest-earning assets, compared to 72.2% in 2011. Average investment securities decreased by $8,058, or 4.1%, to $186,973 in 2012, compared to $195,031 in 2011. Average earning assets, including bank-owned life insurance (BOLI), decreased to 93.8% of average total assets for 2012, compared to 94.2% for 2011. Average short-term investments, federal funds sold, FHLB stock and interest-bearing balances with banks, decreased as a percentage of average assets to 3.0% in 2012, from 4.8% in 2011.

 

33


Table of Contents

Shifts in the interest rate environment to lower rates and local competition for loans and deposits affected the rates paid for funds as well as the yields earned on assets. The investment securities tax equivalent yield decreased 56 basis points in 2012, from 3.97% for 2011 to 3.41% for 2012. Also, average loan yields decreased 24 basis points, from 5.49% for 2011 to 5.25% for 2012.

Interest expense in 2012 totaled $5,362, compared to $7,339 in 2011, a decrease of $1,977, or 26.9%, mainly due to lower deposit and borrowing costs and lower average balances of time deposits and borrowings. The average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities decreased during 2012 to 0.84%, compared to 1.08% in 2011. Average interest-bearing liabilities decreased $37,718, or 5.6%, in 2012 to $640,312 from $678,030 in 2011. Average savings deposits increased $6,764, or 5.7%. Average time deposits decreased $49,705, or 20.2%, from $245,951 or 36.3% of interest-bearing liabilities in 2011 to $196,246 or 30.6% of interest-bearing liabilities in 2012, due primarily to the redemption of brokered certificates of deposit. The average time deposit costs decreased 23 basis points from 1.49% for 2011 to 1.26% for 2012. Average demand non-interest bearing deposits increased $19,049, or 15.7%. The average cost of money market accounts decreased 13 basis points from 0.46% for 2011 to 0.33% for 2012. In addition, during 2012, average securities sold under agreements to repurchase decreased $9,337, or 46.8% and average long-term borrowings decreased $10,944, or 17.4%.

Net interest income decreased $1,021, or 3.1%, to $32,368 for 2011 compared to $33,389 for 2010. Loan interest income decreased $1,048, or 3.0%, for 2011, largely due to historically low interest rates. Investment income decreased $1,042, or 14.7%, to $6,061 in 2011, from $7,103 in 2010, due to lower rates and lower volume of investments.

Interest income in 2011 totaled $39,707, compared to $41,745 in 2010, a decrease of $2,038, or 4.9%. The tax equivalent yield on average interest-earning assets decreased to 4.87% in 2011, compared to 5.41% in 2010. Average interest-earning assets increased $44,026, or 5.4%, in 2011 to $862,802 from $818,776 in 2010. Average outstanding loans, which are typically the Company’s highest yielding earning assets, increased $13,565, or 2.2%, in 2011. Average outstanding loans represented 72.2% of 2011 average interest-earning assets, compared to 74.4% in 2010. Average investment securities increased by $2,244, or 1.2%, to $195,031 in 2011, compared to $192,787 in 2010. Average earning assets, including bank-owned life insurance (BOLI), increased to 94.2% of average total assets for 2011, compared to 93.8% for 2010. Average short-term investments, federal funds sold, FHLB stock and interest-bearing balances with banks, increased as a percentage of average assets to 4.8% in 2011, from 1.9% in 2010.

Interest expense in 2011 totaled $7,339, compared to $8,356 in 2010, a decrease of $1,017, or 12.2%, mainly due to lower deposit and borrowing costs. The average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities decreased during 2011 to 1.08%, compared to 1.29% in 2010. Average interest-bearing liabilities increased $30,182, or 4.7%, in 2011 to $678,030 from $647,848 in 2010. Average savings deposits increased $3,773, or 3.3%. Average time deposits increased $26,022, or 11.8%, from $219,929 or 33.9% of interest-bearing liabilities in 2010 to $245,951 or 36.3% of interest-bearing liabilities in 2011, due primarily to the issuance of brokered certificates of deposit. Average demand non-interest bearing deposits increased $9,884, or 8.9%. The average time deposit costs decreased 38 basis points from 1.87% for 2010 to 1.49% for 2011. The average cost of money market accounts decreased 15 basis points from 0.61% for 2010 to 0.46% for 2011. In addition, during 2011, average federal funds purchased decreased $3,936, or 100.0%; average securities sold under agreements to repurchase decreased $514, or 2.5%; and average short-term borrowings decreased $8,042, or 90.2%.

The most significant impact on net interest income between periods is derived from the interaction of changes in the volume of, and rates earned or paid on, interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. The volume of earning dollars in loans and investments, compared to the volume of interest-bearing liabilities represented by deposits and borrowings, combined with the spread, produces the changes in net interest income between periods.

The historically low interest rates continue to stress our margin as funding costs have reached a low point and asset yields for the most part continue to price downward.

 

34


Table of Contents

DISTRIBUTION OF ASSETS, LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY/INTEREST RATES AND INTEREST DIFFERENTIAL

The table below presents average balances, interest income on a taxable equivalent basis and interest expense, as well as average rates earned and paid on the Company’s major asset and liability items for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010.

 

            2012                         2011*                         2010*         
      Average
Balance
     Revenue
Expense
     Yield/
Rate
          Average
Balance
     Revenue
Expense
     Yield/
Rate
          Average
Balance
     Revenue
Expense
     Yield/
Rate
 
ASSETS                                   

Investment Securities:

                                  

Available-for-Sale:

                                  

U.S. Agency obligations

   $ 105,041       $ 1,574         1.50        $ 92,973       $ 1,740         1.87        $ 78,268       $ 1,865         2.38

States & political subdivisions

     60,920         2,588         6.44             63,651         2,867         6.82             69,941         3,133         6.79   

Other

     1,260         54         4.29             4,975         64         1.29             3,696         51         1.38   

Held to Maturity:

                                  

U.S. Agency obligations

     18,394         708         3.85             25,397         984         3.87             20,546         990         4.82   

States & political subdivisions

     1,358         72         8.03             8,035         406         7.66             20,336         1,064         7.93   

Loans, net of unearned income: (2)

                                  

Residential real estate

     289,166         13,974         4.83             315,202         16,216         5.14             328,881         17,302         5.26   

Commercial real estate

     191,194         8,984         4.70             181,165         8,899         4.91             177,552         9,163         5.16   

Commercial

     57,569         3,231         5.61             42,964         2,411         5.61             31,239         2,067         6.62   

Consumer & other

     97,881         6,350         7.38             83,222         6,059         8.02             71,316         6,101         9.11   

Federal funds sold

     —           —           —               2,994         2         .07             —           —           —     

Federal Home Loan Bank stock

     4,969         9         .18             5,465         —           —               6,346         —           —     

Interest on balances with banks

     22,518         47         .21             36,759         59         .16             10,655         9         .08   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

        

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

        

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Interest Earning Assets/ Total Interest Income

     850,270       $ 37,591         4.68          862,802       $ 39,707         4.87          818,776       $ 41,745         5.41
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

        

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

        

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash and due from banks

     5,751                   5,260                   5,281         

Bank premises and equipment

     14,461                   13,299                   12,924         

Accrued interest receivable

     2,956                   3,241                   3,713         

Goodwill

     26,398                   26,398                   26,398         

Bank owned life insurance

     17,149                   15,613                   14,824         

Other assets

     14,605                   12,498                   13,328         

Less: Allowance for loan and lease losses

     6,776                   6,565                   6,277         
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

        

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

        

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Assets

   $ 924,814                 $ 932,546                 $ 888,967         
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

        

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

        

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

                                  

Deposits:

                                  

Demand-Interest Bearing

   $ 93,151       $ 237         .25        $ 72,283       $ 249         .34        $ 69,534       $ 327         .47

Savings

     124,692         166         .13             117,928         312         .26             114,155         324         .28   

Money markets

     162,775         544         .33             158,115         721         .46             143,863         874         .61   

Time-Over $100

     82,196         1,180         1.44             83,948         1,436         1.71             100,210         2,173         2.17   

Time-Other

     114,050         1,297         1.14             162,003         2,240         1.38             119,719         1,930         1.61   

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     10,633         35         .33             19,970         80         .40             20,484         154         .75   

Federal funds purchased

     25         —           —               —           —           —               3,936         22         .56   

Short-term borrowings

     826         3         .36             875         3         .34             8,917         42         .47   

Long-term borrowings

     51,964         1,900         3.66             62,908         2,298         3.65             67,030         2,510         3.74   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

        

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

        

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Interest Bearing Liabilities/ Total Interest Expense

     640,312       $ 5,362         .84          678,030       $ 7,339         1.08          647,848       $ 8,356         1.29
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

        

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

        

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Demand-Non-interest bearing

     140,001                   120,952                   111,068         

All other liabilities

     13,327                   8,899                   11,127         

Stockholders’ equity

     131,174                   124,665                   118,924         
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

        

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

        

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Liabilities Stockholders’ Equity

   $ 924,814                 $ 932,546                 $ 888,967         
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

        

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

        

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interest Spread

           3.84                3.79                4.12
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

        

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

        

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net Interest Income

      $ 32,229                 $ 32,368                 $ 33,389      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

        

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

        

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

FINANCIAL RATIOS

                                  

Net interest margin (1)

           4.05                4.02                4.39

Return on average assets

           1.14                1.13                1.30

Return on average equity

           8.07                8.45                9.73

Average equity to average assets

           14.18                13.37                13.38

Dividend payout ratio

           52.01                52.34                47.59

 

* - as restated see Note 28
(1) The net interest margin is equal to tax equivalent net interest income divided by average interest earning assets. In order to make pre-tax income on tax-exempt investments and loans comparable to taxable investments and loans, a tax equivalent adjustment, based on a 34% tax rate, is made to interest income. This adjustment increased interest income by $2,239, $2,298 and $2,556 for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The Company believes that the tax equivalent presentation is consistent with industry practice. Although the Company believes that these financial measures enhance investors’ understanding of our business and performance, these measures should not be considered an alternative to GAAP.
(2) Non-accrual loan balances are included in their respective loan categories.

 

35


Table of Contents
                           Change  
         Dollar Amount     Change in     Change in     in Rate-  
   

2012 compared to 2011

   of Change     Volume     Rate     Volume  

EARNING

 

Investment Securities:

        

ASSETS

 

Available-for-Sale:

        
 

U.S. Agency obligations

   $ (166   $ 226      $ (344   $ (48
 

States & political subdivisions

     (279     (123     (165     9   
 

Equity securities

     (10     (48     149        (111
 

Held to Maturity:

        
 

U.S. Agency obligations

     (276     (271     (5     —     
 

States & political subdivisions

     (334     (337     20        (17
 

Loans, net of unearned income:

        
 

Residential real estate

     (2,242     (1,338     (977     73   
 

Commercial real estate

     85        492        (380     (27
 

Commercial

     820        819        —          1   
 

Consumer and other

     291        1,067        (657     (119
 

Federal funds sold

     (2     (2     (2     2   
 

Federal Home Loan Bank stock

     9        —          10        (1
 

Interest bearing balances with banks

     (12     (23     18        (7
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
 

Total Interest Income

     (2,116     462        (2,333     (245
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

INTEREST

 

Deposits:

        

BEARING

 

Demand-Interest Bearing

     (12     71        (65     (18

LIABILITIES

 

Savings

     (146     18        (153     (11
 

Money markets

     (177     21        (206     8   
 

Time-Over $100

     (256     (30     (227     1   
 

Time-Other

     (943     (662     (389     108   
 

Repurchase agreements

     (45     (37     (14     6   
 

Short-term borrowings

     —          —          —          —     
 

Long-term borrowings

     (398     (399     6        (5
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
 

Total Interest Expense

     (1,977     (1,018     (1,048     89   
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
 

Net Interest Income

   $ (139   $ 1,480      $ (1,285   $ (334
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

36


Table of Contents
                           Change  
         Dollar Amount     Change in     Change in     in Rate-  
   

2011 compared to 2010

   of Change     Volume     Rate     Volume  

EARNING

 

Investment Securities:

        

ASSETS

 

Available-for-Sale:

        
 

U.S. Agency obligations

   $ (125   $ 350      $ (399   $ (76
 

States & political subdivisions

     (266     (282     21        (5
 

Equity securities

     13        18        (3     (2
 

Held to Maturity:

        
 

U.S. Agency obligations

     (6     234        (195     (45
 

States & political subdivisions

     (658     (643     (37     22   
 

Loans, net of unearned income:

        
 

Residential real estate

     (1,086     (720     (395     29   
 

Commercial real estate

     (264     186        (444     (6
 

Commercial

     344        776        (316     (116
 

Consumer and other

     (42     1,018        (906     (154
 

Federal funds sold

     2          —          2   
 

Federal Home Loan Bank stock

     —          —          —          —     
 

Interest bearing balances with banks

     50        21        9        20   
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
 

Total Interest Income

     (2,038     958        (2,665     (331
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

INTEREST

 

Deposits:

        

BEARING

 

Demand-Interest Bearing

     (78     13        (90     (1

LIABILITIES

 

Savings

     (12     11        (23     —     
 

Money markets

     (153     87        (216     (24
 

Time-Over $100

     (737     (353     (461     77   
 

Time-Other

     310        681        (275     (96
 

Repurchase agreements

     (74     (4     (72     2   
 

Short-term borrowings

     (61     (56     (17     12   
 

Long-term borrowings

     (212     (154     (60     2   
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
 

Total Interest Expense

     (1,017     225        (1,214     (28
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
 

Net Interest Income

   $ (1,021   $ 733      $ (1,451   $ (303
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

PROVISION FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES

The provision for loan and lease losses represents the charge to operating expense necessary to maintain the allowance for loan and lease losses at a level which management determines is adequate to absorb probable losses inherent in the Company’s loan portfolio.

During 2012 and 2011 the local economy continued to struggle. The local housing market remained weak and the unemployment rate in Northeastern Pennsylvania was 9.5% at December 31, 2012. The Company continues to proactively evaluate probable loan and lease losses and address delinquent loans by, among other things, obtaining current appraisals of collateral, increasing communication with clients and placing loans on non-accrual status when collection is in doubt and the loan is moving toward foreclosure.

The Bank’s methodology for determining the allowance for loan and lease losses (ALLL) is based on a documented analysis of its loan portfolio. This analysis considers all significant factors that affect the collectability of the loans within our portfolio and supports the credit losses estimated by this process. Our ALLL methodology includes procedures for a review by a party who is independent of the Bank’s credit approval and ALLL estimation processes.

The Bank follows its allowance methodology in accordance with the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council (“FFIEC”) Interagency Policy Statements, as amended, and GAAP in assessing the adequacy of its allowance for loan and lease losses. Under GAAP, the adequacy of the allowance for loan and lease losses is determined based on the provisions of FASB ASC 310 for loans specifically identified to be individually evaluated for impairment and the requirements of FASB ASC 450 for large groups of smaller balance homogeneous loans to be collectively evaluated for impairment. Loans are identified by the Bank’s rating system, past due reports, watch list and sensitivity to economic factors and are then collectively evaluated for impairment compared to other loans utilizing standard criteria. Consideration is given to current local economic conditions which the Company continues to classify as recessionary.

 

37


Table of Contents

The Bank’s historical analysis of loss factors considers the current trends in local economic conditions affecting the Bank. This methodology is designed to address deterioration in local economic conditions and to provide the Bank with the most current information available for estimating the allowance for loan and lease losses. In addition, and in view of the concentration of the Bank’s loan portfolio in real estate – approximately 77% of the portfolio is secured by real estate mainly in the counties in which the Bank operates – the Bank also took into account the decline in real estate sales and new construction in our market area and drop in real estate values within the market area.

Management continues to focus on trends in real estate delinquencies related to the poor labor and housing markets locally, in determining the allowance for loan and lease losses. Management also continually compares the probable losses estimated in accordance with our allowance for loan and lease loss methodology with actual losses incurred.

The table below sets forth our provision for loan and lease losses and certain ratios for the three most recently completed fiscal years:

 

     2012     2011     2010  

Provision for loan and lease losses

   $ 924      $ 2,381      $ 1,999   

Period end allowance for loan and lease losses to non-performing loans

     304.82     211.97     161.13

Non-performing loans to period end loans

     0.37     0.50     0.66

Ratio of charge-off loans to average outstanding loans

     0.13     0.37     0.30

Ratio of foreclosed loans to average outstanding loans

     0.18     0.38     0.19

The amount and number of charge-offs and foreclosures at and for the fiscal years indicated are as follows:

 

     2012      2011      2010  
     Amount      (#)      Amount      (#)      Amount      (#)  

Charge-offs

   $ 817         65       $ 2,300         90       $ 1,838         102   

Foreclosures completed

     1,138         12         2,370         14         1,183         6   

Non-performing loans

     2,280         68         3,166         77         4,034         70   

The Company had one commercial loan whose terms had been modified in a troubled debt restructuring as of December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011; monthly payments were lowered to accommodate the borrower’s financial needs for a period of time.

The following table presents loans whose terms were modified in a TDR at the dates indicated below:

 

December 31,

   2012      2011      2010      2009      2008  

Restructured Loans on Accrual Status and Not Past Due 90 Days or More

   $ 351       $ 368       $ —         $ —         $ —     

Restructured Loans Included in Non-Accrual Loans or Accruing Loans

              

Past Due 90 Days or More

     —           —           401         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Restructured Loans

   $ 351       $ 368       $ 401       $ —         $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company believes that the judgments used in determining the allowance for loan and lease losses are based on reliable information. In assessing the adequacy of the allowance for loan and lease losses, management considers how well prior estimates have related to actual experience. The Company continually monitors the risk elements, historical rates and other data used in determining the allowance on a periodic basis. Based on this ongoing evaluation, a provision for loan and lease losses is made in the amount necessary to maintain an appropriate allowance.

The methodology for determining the adequacy of the allowance is necessarily judgmental and subject to changes in external conditions. Although management uses available information to establish the appropriate level of the allowance for loan and lease losses, future additions or reductions to the allowance may be necessary as a result of changes in economic conditions and other factors. As a result, our allowance for loan and lease losses may not be sufficient to cover actual loan and lease losses, and future provisions for loan and lease losses could materially adversely affect the Company’s operating results. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Company’s allowance for loan and lease losses. Discussions with these regulatory agencies may result in adjustments to the Company’s allowance based on judgments about information available to the agencies at the time of their examination.

 

38


Table of Contents

Other than the risks associated with the geographic concentration of our customers, facilities and the collateral securing some of our loans, there are no particular risk elements in the local economy that put a group or category of loans at increased risk. However, the Company has increased its portfolio of commercial, commercial real estate and municipal loans in the last five years, which typically bear a higher risk. These loans are typically secured by real estate to minimize this risk. At December 31, 2012, management believes the allowance for loan and lease losses was adequate to absorb probable loan and lease losses inherent in the loan portfolio.

NON-INTEREST INCOME

The following table sets forth information by category of non-interest income for the Company for the periods indicated:

 

Year Ended December 31,

   2012      2011     2010  

Trust department income

   $ 1,481       $ 1,563      $ 1,493   

Service charges on deposit accounts

     1,918         2,047        2,163   

Merchant transaction income

     4,290         4,670        4,521   

Brokerage fee income

     264         253        340   

Cardholder discounts

     1,011         916        799   

Other fee income

     719         786        771   

Bank-owned life insurance income

     504         490        538   

Gain on sale of mortgage loans

     796         474        682   

Other operating income

     141         832        287   

Impairment losses on investment securities

     —           (78     —     

Realized gains on securities, net

     317         666        558   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Non-Interest Income

   $ 11,441       $ 12,619      $ 12,152   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-interest income decreased $1,178, or 9.3%, to $11,441 during 2012, from $12,619 during 2011. Trust department income decreased $82, or 5.2%, due to lower estate fees. Service charges on deposit accounts decreased $129, or 6.3. Merchant transaction income decreased $380, or 8.1%, due to lower volume. Cardholder discounts increased $95, or 10.4%, mainly from increased debit card discounts related to the increased number of accounts. Gain on sale of mortgage loans increased $322, the result of increased gains on the sale of residential mortgage loans. Other operating income decreased $691, largely due to income recorded in connection with the reversal of a contingent liability of $500 during 2011. The Company also recognized an impairment loss on bank equity investment securities of $78 during 2011. Realized gains on securities decreased $349, or 52.4%.

Total non-interest income increased $467, or 3.8%, to $12,619 during 2011, from $12,152 during 2010. Trust department income increased $70, or 4.7%, due to an increase in the market value of trust assets and new business. Service charges on deposit accounts decreased $116, or 5.4%. Merchant transaction income increased $149, or 3.3%, due to the increased volume of merchant transactions primarily from new business. Brokerage fee income decreased $87, or 25.6%, mostly due to a lower volume of investor activity. Cardholder discounts increased $117, or 14.6%, mainly from increased debit card discounts related to the increased number of accounts. Bank-owned life insurance income decreased $48, or 8.9%, from lower rates of return. Gain on sale of mortgage loans decreased $208, the result of lower margins realized on saleable loans. Other operating income increased $545, largely due to the reversal of a contingent liability of $500 recorded in connection with the Old Forge Bank acquisition. The Company also recognized an impairment loss on bank equity investment securities of $78 during 2011. Realized gains on securities increased $108, or 19.4%.

 

39


Table of Contents

NON-INTEREST EXPENSES

The following table sets forth information by category of non-interest expenses for the Company for the periods indicated:

 

Year Ended December 31,

   2012      2011*      2010*  

Salaries and employee benefits

   $ 14,121       $ 13,951       $ 13,317   

Expense of premises and equipment, net

     2,946         3,561         3,547   

Merchant transaction expenses

     2,742         3,166         3,139   

FDIC insurance assessments

     458         450         1,150   

Legal and professional expenses

     554         678         694   

Advertising expense

     287         494         605   

Bank shares tax

     1,708         862         805   

Outside services

     1,523         820         781   

Director fees

     433         530         550   

Other operating expenses

     4,327         4,529         4,101   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Non-Interest Expenses

   $ 29,099       $ 29,041       $ 28,689   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

* - as restated see Note 28

Total non-interest expenses increased $58, or 0.2%, to $29,099 during 2012, compared with $29,041 during 2011. Expense of premises and equipment, decreased $615, or 17.3%, due primarily to lower equipment maintenance and repairs and depreciation expense. Merchant transaction expenses decreased $424, due to lower volume. Advertising expense decreased $207, or 41.9%, due to a reduction in promotional activity. Bank shares tax increased $846, or 98.1%, resulting from higher average capital. Outside services increased $703, or 85.7%, due to increased data processing expenses from additional services provided.

Total non-interest expenses increased $352, or 1.2%, to $29,041 during 2011, compared with $28,689 during 2010. Salaries and employee benefits expense increased $634, or 4.8%, due primarily to merit-based increases in salaries for existing personnel and increased staffing for loan production and monitoring asset quality. FDIC insurance assessments decreased $700, or 60.9%, resulting from recently passed banking legislation along with the new FDIC bank pricing methodology which started during 2011. Advertising expense decreased $111, or 18.4%, due to a reduction in promotional activity. Bank shares tax increased $57, or 7.1%, resulting from higher average capital. Outside services increased $39, or 5.0%. Other operating expenses increased $428, or 10.4%, due to increases in other real estate owned expense of $123, consulting and advisory expense of $84, contributions of $82, cardholder expense of $66, along with increased general operating expenses.

INCOME TAXES *

Federal income tax expense increased $24, or 0.8%, to $3,058 in 2012 compared to $3,034 in 2011 primarily due to higher taxable income.

Federal income tax expense decreased $253, or 7.7%, to $3,034 in 2011 compared to $3,287 in 2010, primarily due to lower taxable income.

The Company’s effective income tax rate for 2012, 2011 and 2010 was 22.4%, 22.4% and 22.1%, respectively.

The Company uses the asset and liability method of accounting for deferred income taxes. If current available information raises doubt as to the realization of deferred tax assets, a valuation allowance is established. The Company evaluates the recoverability of deferred tax assets based on its ability to generate future net income. The Company employs budgeting and periodic reporting processes to continually monitor its progress. Historically, the Company has had sufficient net income for recovery of deferred tax benefits.

For further discussion pertaining to Federal income taxes, see Note 18 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

* - as restated see Note 28

FINANCIAL CONDITION *

Total assets decreased $7.5 million, or 0.8%, during 2012 to $918.0 million at December 31, 2012, compared to $925.5 million at December 31, 2011. Total assets increased $8.7 million, or 0.9%, during 2011 to $925.5 million at December 31, 2011, compared to $916.8 million at December 31, 2010.

 

* - as restated see Note 28

 

40


Table of Contents

INVESTMENT PORTFOLIO

The Company’s investment portfolio has two primary functions: to provide liquidity and to contribute to earnings. To provide liquidity, the Company may invest in short-term securities such as Federal funds sold and interest-bearing deposits with banks, which are classified as cash equivalents, as well as U.S. Treasury securities and U.S. Agency securities with maturities of one year or less. These funds are invested on a short-term basis to ensure the availability of funds to meet customer demand for credit needs. The Company is considering replacing investment proceeds with loans and the remainder of the excess cash flows being redeployed into AAA-rated securities with three to four year durations in order to increase investment yields.

The Company enhances interest income by securing long-term investments within its investment portfolio by means of U.S. Treasury securities, U.S. Agency securities, municipal securities and mortgage-backed securities, generally with maturities greater than one year. The Company’s mortgage-backed securities portfolio does not contain any sub-prime or Alt-A credits.

The following table presents the carrying value, by security type and by maturity, for the Company’s investment portfolio:

 

December 31,

   2012      2011      2010  

U.S. Agency obligations

   $ 84,682       $ 77,985       $ 79,294   

Mortgage-backed securities

     31,620         44,078         55,247   

States & political subdivisions

     59,920         67,198         77,428   

Corporate securities

     —           1,004         4,090   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Debt Securities

     176,222         190,265         216,059   

Equity securities

     1,071         943         985   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Investment Securities

   $ 177,293       $ 191,208       $ 217,044   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table shows the actual maturity of debt securities in specified categories of the Bank’s investment portfolio at December 31, 2012 and the weighted average yields (for tax-exempt obligations on a fully taxable basis at 34% tax rate). The table does not include any estimate of prepayments which significantly shortens the average useful life of certain U.S. Agency mortgage-backed securities.

 

            Weighted  
     Aggregate      Average  

As of December 31, 2012:

   Value      Yield  

Due in one year or less:

     

U.S. Agency securities

   $ 17,120         1.19

After one year through five years:

     

U.S. Agency securities

     67,562         0.92

States & political subdivisions

     172         7.19

After five year through ten years:

     

Mortgage-backed securities

     15,244         2.10

States & political subdivisions

     3,996         6.99

After ten years:

     

Mortgage-backed securities

     16,376         4.50

States & political subdivisions

     55,752         6.58
  

 

 

    

Total Debt Securities

   $ 176,222      
  

 

 

    

Investment securities with amortized costs and fair values of $144,361 and $150,620, respectively, at December 31, 2012 and $150,152 and $155,959, respectively, at December 31, 2011, were pledged to secure trust funds, public deposits and for other purposes as required by law.

The amortized cost and fair value of debt securities at December 31, 2012 by contractual maturity are shown in Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

Equity securities at December 31, 2012 and 2011 consisted primarily of common stock of companies in the financial services industry.

In 2011, the Company recorded an other-than-temporary impairment charge of $78, related to the Company’s equity investment portfolio containing stock of financial institutions. Prior to these impairment charges, the decline in value of the securities was recorded as unrealized losses on securities available-for-sale and reflected as a reduction in stockholders’ equity through other comprehensive income.

 

41


Table of Contents

A summary of transactions involving available-for-sale debt securities in 2012, 2011 and 2010 are as follows:

 

     2012      2011      2010  

Proceeds from sales

   $ 5,821       $ 15,318       $ 8,897   

Gross realized gains

     68         145         66   

Gross realized losses

     —           —           4   

LOAN PORTFOLIO

Details regarding the Company’s loan portfolio for the periods indicated are as follows:

 

December 31,

   2012      2011      2010      2009      2008  

Real estate – construction and land development

              

Residential real estate

   $ 3,231       $ 5,064       $ 7,799       $ 9,970       $ 5,191   

Commercial real estate

     17,617         20,541         28,345         22,940         16,758   

Residential real estate

     258,681         276,579         287,502         298,098         256,560   

Commercial real estate

     199,879         188,334         179,619         171,995         98,968   

Commercial

     56,396         55,482         36,190         30,743         27,793   

Credit card and related plans

     3,199         3,242         3,327         3,365         3,272   

Other (installment and student loans, etc.)

     49,199         49,574         52,535         56,424         25,009   

Obligations of states & political subdivisions

     22,586         23,110         9,882         6,873         4,471   

All other loans

     12,742         9,596         9,906         3,562         3,126   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loans, net of unearned income

     623,530         631,522         615,105         603,970         441,148   

Less: Allowance for loan and lease losses

     6,950         6,711         6,500         6,300         5,275   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loans, net

   $ 616,580       $ 624,811       $ 608,605       $ 597,670       $ 435,873   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

42


Table of Contents

The following table shows the actual maturity of the loans in specified categories of the Bank’s loan portfolio at December 31, 2012 and the weighted average yields (for tax-exempt loans on a fully taxable basis at 34 percent tax rate).

 

            Weighted  
     Aggregate      Average  
     Value      Yield  

Due in one year or less:

     

Real estate – construction and land development

   $ 655         3.25

Residential real estate

     7,394         4.50

Commercial real estate

     15,782         4.03

Commercial

     15,788         3.75

Installment and all other loans

     5,617         4.69

Obligations of states & political subdivisions

     120         4.31

After one year through five years:

     

Real estate – construction and land development

     4,466         3.98

Residential real estate

     11,140         5.42

Commercial real estate

     29,177         4.38

Commercial

     21,581         4.49

Credit card and related plans

     3,199         11.46

Installment and all other loans

     32,550         5.57

Obligations of states & political subdivisions

     3,825         5.47

After five years:

     

Real estate – construction and land development

     15,727         4.06

Residential real estate

     240,147         5.09

Commercial real estate

     154,920         4.60

Commercial

     19,027         4.53

Credit card and related plans

     —           —     

Installment and all other loans

     23,774         4.09

Obligations of states & political subdivisions

     18,641         6.24
  

 

 

    

Total Loan Portfolio

   $ 623,530      
  

 

 

    

There were no purchased loans in 2012, 2011 or 2010, other than loan participations with local banks in the Bank’s primary market area. Originations of new loans in 2012 were primarily commercial and commercial real estate loans.

The Company has not engaged in any sub-prime residential mortgage lending. Therefore, the Company is not subject to any credit risks associated with such loans. The Company’s loan portfolio consists primarily of residential and commercial mortgage loans secured by properties located in Northeastern Pennsylvania and subject to what we believe are conservative underwriting standards.

Loans secured by real estate continue to be the largest component of the loan portfolio, representing 77% and 78% of total loans at December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively. Economic conditions and recessionary concerns over the past several years have resulted in lower levels of loan demand. The decline ratio on loan applications has remained consistent with our historical experience. As we expect these conditions and concerns to continue for the near term, we expect that loan growth may be slower than historically expected.

The Company’s loan portfolio is primarily residential and commercial secured mortgage loans in its Northeastern Pennsylvania market area. As of December 31, 2012, less than 5% of the loan portfolio was comprised of loans to entities located outside our market area.

At December 31, 2012, the loan portfolio was comprised of approximately $253.4 million, or 40.6%, of fixed rate loans and $370.1 million, or 59.4%, of adjustable rate loans. The portion of the fixed rate loans due after one year is $234.7 million; the adjustable rate loans due after one year is $343.4 million.

 

43


Table of Contents

LOANS

Total net loans decreased $8.2 million, or 1.3%, to $616.6 million at December 31, 2012, from $624.8 million at December 31, 2011. Total net loans increased $16.2 million, or 2.7%, to $624.8 million at December 31, 2011, from $608.6 million at December 31, 2010.

LOAN QUALITY

Our lending activities are guided by a comprehensive lending policy approved by our board of directors. Loans must meet certain criteria relating to the character, capacity and capital of the borrower, collateral provided for the loan, and prevailing economic conditions. Our non-performing assets and charge-offs are well below industry levels, which we believe reflects the consistent application of our conservative underwriting standards.

Regardless of credit standards, there is risk of loss inherent in every loan portfolio. The allowance for loan and lease losses is maintained at an amount that management believes is adequate to absorb probable losses on existing loans. The evaluations take into consideration such factors as change in the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, overall portfolio quality, review of specific problem loans, industry experience, collateral value and current economic conditions that may affect the borrower’s ability to pay. Management believes that the allowance for loan and lease losses was adequate at December 31, 2012. Management uses available information to estimate probable losses on loans; however, future additions to the allowance may be necessary based on changes in economic conditions and other factors. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Company’s allowance for loan and lease losses. Such agencies may require the Company to recognize additions to the allowance, or take other actions that would impact the allowance, based on their judgment of information available to them at the time of their examination.

The allowance for loan and lease losses is increased by periodic charges against earnings as a provision for loan and lease losses, and decreased periodically by charge-offs of loans (or parts of loans) management has determined to be uncollectible, net of actual recoveries on loans previously charged-off.

The allowance for loan and lease losses as a percentage of loans was 1.11% at December 31, 2012, compared to 1.06% at December 31, 2011.

NON-PERFORMING ASSETS

Non-performing assets consist of non-accrual loans and other real estate owned. The following table sets forth information regarding non-performing assets and loans past due 90 days or more and still accruing interest as of the dates indicated:

 

As of:

   2012     2011     2010     2009     2008  

Non-accrual loans:

          

Residential real estate

   $ 1,800      $ 2,006      $ 1,579      $ 1,273      $ 290   

Commercial real estate

     145        591        1,385        672        808   

Commercial loans

     304        477        977        199        201   

Consumer loans

     31        92        93        195        155   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-performing loans

   $ 2,280      $ 3,166      $ 4,034      $ 2,339      $ 1,454   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other real estate owned

     656        1,571        803        405        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-performing assets

   $ 2,936      $ 4,737      $ 4,837      $ 2,744      $ 1,454   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans past due 90 days or more and accruing:

          

Residential real estate

   $ 243      $ 641      $ 1,236      $ 1,415      $ 793   

Commercial real estate

     —          11        —          41        17   

Guaranteed student loans

     180        113        268        218        203   

Credit card loans

     25        6        20        9        17   

Commercial loans

     —          —          100        —          119   

Consumer loans

     9        3        6        14        4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans past due 90 days or more and accruing

   $ 457      $ 774      $ 1,630      $ 1,697      $ 1,153   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-performing loans to period end loans

     0.37     0.50     0.66     0.39     0.33

Non-performing assets to period end assets

     0.32     0.51     0.53     0.31     0.23

Total loans past due 90 days or more and accruing to period end loans

     0.07     0.12     0.27     0.28     0.26

 

44


Table of Contents

Loans are generally placed on non-accrual status when principal or interest is past due 90 days and when payment in full is not anticipated. For commercial loans, an appraisal is obtained if the loan has been downgraded and the appraisal on file is at least one year old. When a loan is placed on non-accrual status, all interest previously accrued but not collected is charged against current income. Loans are returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured after a minimum of a six month positive payment history.

In 2008, the Company was notified that The Education Resources Institute, Inc. (TERI), a guarantor of a portion of our student loan portfolio, had filed for reorganization under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code. As of December 31, 2012, the Company had $6,280 of TERI-guaranteed loans out of a total student loan portfolio of $12,451. The Company does not anticipate that TERI’s bankruptcy filing will significantly impact the Company’s financial statements. These loans are placed on non-accrual status when they become more than 90 days past due. As of December 31, 2012, $19 of such loans were on non-accrual status.

Loans on which the accrual of interest has been discontinued or reduced amounted to $2,280, $3,166 and $4,034 at December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. If interest on non-accrual loans had been accrued, such income would have been $143, $227 and $219 for 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Interest income on non-accrual loans, which is recorded only when received, amounted to $0, $0 and $104 for 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. There are no commitments to lend additional funds to borrowers whose loans are in non-accrual status.

As of December 31, 2012, our non-performing loans were comprised of thirty-eight loans of which eleven loans were in excess of one hundred thousand dollars in size and the remainder of which were less than one hundred thousand dollars each. Non-performing loans again declined as management has been aggressive in writing down the loan balances, centered primarily in residential real estate, as new values are received and due in part to the completion of certain foreclosure actions.

As of December 31, 2011, our non-performing loans were comprised of fifty-seven loans of which thirteen loans were in excess of one hundred thousand dollars in size and the remainder of which were less than one hundred thousand dollars each. The decrease in the non-performing loans in 2011 can be attributed, to a large extent, to a large land development credit, which was transferred to other real estate owned (OREO) in the third quarter of 2011 and subsequently sold in 2012, resulting in a lower level of OREO at December 31, 2012.

Residential real estate loans past due 90 days or more and accruing at December 31, 2012 were $243 compared to $641 as of December 31, 2011. This decrease reflects management’s efforts to pro-actively address borrower concerns and identify credit weaknesses.

Management’s process for evaluating the adequacy of the allowance for loan and lease losses includes reviewing each month’s loan committee reports which list all loans that do not meet certain internally developed criteria as to collateral adequacy, payment performance and overall credit risk. These reports also address the current status and actions in process on each listed loan. This information is used in our ALLL methodology and resulting adjustments are made to the allowance for loan and lease losses. Such adjustments include both specific loss allocation amounts and general provisions by loan category based on present and past collection experience, nature and volume of the loan portfolio, overall portfolio quality, and current economic conditions that may affect the borrower’s ability to pay.

Estimated “low” and “high” allowances for loan and lease loss amounts are derived by accumulating the loss estimates for specific loans and general pools. The actual allowance for loan and lease losses, situated within the estimated low-to-high range, is approved on a quarterly basis by our board of directors.

Please see the discussion of our allowance for loan and lease losses methodology under the heading “Management’s Discussion & Analysis—Provision for Loan and Lease Losses”.

As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company had total impaired loans of $5,271 and $3,534, respectively. Of the total allowance for loan and lease losses, $1,226 and $658 was specifically related to these impaired loans at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Most of the Company’s lending activity is with customers located in the Company’s geographic market area and repayment thereof is affected by economic conditions in this market area.

 

45


Table of Contents

Potential problem loans consist of loans that are performing in accordance with contractual terms but for which management has concerns about the ability of an obligor to continue to comply with repayment terms because of the obligor’s potential operating or financial difficulties. Management monitors these loans closely and reviews their performance on a regular basis. At December 31, 2012, the Company had $6.7 million in loans of this type which are not included in either of the impaired, non-accrual or 90 days past due loan categories. At December 31, 2012, potential problem loans consisted of twenty-two credit relationships. Of the total outstanding balance at December 31, 2012, 19% related to residential customers, 79% related to commercial real estate properties, 1% related to commercial and industrial loans and 1% related to consumer loans. Weakness in these companies’ operating performance has caused the Company to heighten the attention given to these credits. If there is further deterioration in these loans, they may be classified in the future as non-accrual or impaired. Depending on the circumstances, a specific credit allocation may be needed, potentially increasing the provision for loan losses in those periods.

LOAN LOSS EXPERIENCE

The following table presents the Company’s allowance for loan and lease losses during the periods indicated:

 

Years Ended December 31,

   2012     2011     2010     2009     2008  

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 6,711      $ 6,500      $ 6,300      $ 5,275      $ 4,700   

Charge-offs:

          

Residential real estate mortgages

     431        1,275        213        161        83   

Commercial real estate

     33        663        —          188        —     

Commercial loans

     78        100        1,138        610        —     

Credit card and related plans

     40        109        97        71        55   

Installment loans

     235        153        390        270        179   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total charge-offs

     817        2,300        1,838        1,300        317   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Recoveries:

          

Residential real estate mortgages

     67        58        19        42        —     

Commercial real estate

     6        18        1        —          —     

Commercial loans

     1        3        —          —          14   

Credit card and related plans

     1        6        3        1        16   

Installment loans

     57        45        16        22        1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total recoveries

     132        130        39        65        31   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net charge-offs

     685        2,170        1,799        1,235        286   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision charged to operations

     924        2,381        1,999        2,260        861   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at End of Year

   $ 6,950      $ 6,711      $ 6,500      $ 6,300      $ 5,275   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ratio of net charge-offs to average outstanding loans

     0.11     0.35     0.30     0.22     0.07
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

On a quarterly basis management reviews the loss reserve analysis, the portfolio composition, outstanding loan balance trends, and concentrations of credit, changes in trends and levels of delinquency, changes in external factors, including local and national economic conditions to determine the appropriate level of provision.

The increase in charge-offs in 2009, 2010 and 2011 was due primarily to management’s decision to aggressively write down real estate assets as real estate values continued to suffer, foreclosure activity increased and resolution times lengthened significantly. The majority of the write downs were in the residential portfolio and several small commercial projects.

The allowance for loan and lease losses at December 31, 2012 was $6,950, or 1.11%, of total loans compared to $6,711, or 1.06%, of total loans at December 31, 2011.

The allowance for loan and lease losses was allocated at the dates indicated as follows:

 

December 31,

   2012            2011            2010            2009            2008         
     Amount      %(1)     Amount      %(1)     Amount      %(1)     Amount      %(1)     Amount      %(1)  

Residential real estate

   $ 2,981         42   $ 2,855         44   $ 753         48   $ 1,200         51   $ 1,200         59

Commercial real estate and all others

     3,103         49        3,087         47        4,024         40        4,000         37        3,275         33   

Credit card and related plans

     326         1        319         1        343         1        350         1        300         1   

Personal installment loans

     540         8        450         8        1,380         11        750         11        500         7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 6,950         100   $ 6,711         100   $ 6,500         100   $ 6,300         100   $ 5,275         100
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) - Percent of loans in each category to total loans

 

46


Table of Contents

The entire ALLL is available for losses in any loan category, notwithstanding the allocation above.

As of December 31, 2012, the total of the allowance for loan and lease losses was $6,950. Through the application of our ALLL methodology, the allowance reflects management’s conservative view of the local economic conditions.

As a result of the local and national weakness in the residential real estate industry, and to evaluate a potential loan loss, the Bank orders a current appraisal of the collateral securing such loan after it is 90 days delinquent to assess the current loan to value ratio. An appraisal is ordered in the case of commercial loans, if a loan has been downgraded and the current appraisal on file is at least one year old. Both residential and commercial appraisals continue to be discounted appropriately for purposes of applying loan to value requirements in the Bank’s loan policy, in view of the weak real estate market.

Other Real Estate Owned

The Bank has seven residential properties in other real estate owned as of December 31, 2012 with a value of $656 compared to $1,571 at December 31, 2011. Of the seven properties as of December 31, 2012, two were under contract of sale. The most significant property as of December 31, 2012 has a carrying value of $191. As of December 31, 2012, there are seven properties in the process of loan foreclosure. All of these properties are residential with the largest having a balance of $172.

The Bank had eight properties in other real estate owned as of December 31, 2011. Of the eight properties, two were commercial with a carrying value of $1,000; the remaining six properties were residential. The largest property in other real estate owned at December 31, 2011, with a carrying value of $792, was sold on April 24, 2012 with a total consideration of $900.

As of December 31, 2010 the Bank had five properties in other real estate owned, which represented four relationships. Three of the properties were commercial and two were residential.

DEPOSITS

 

December 31,

   2012      2011      2010  

Demand – Non-interest bearing

   $ 151,121       $ 134,799       $ 113,391   

Demand – Interest bearing

     102,722         85,111         70,989   

Savings

     126,618         120,269         113,382   

Money markets

     166,273         165,611         144,206   

Time – Over $100,000

     81,855         84,828         85,404   

Time – Other

     93,359         129,900         163,660   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Deposits

   $ 721,948       $ 720,518       $ 691,032   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The maturities of time deposits of $100,000 or more at December 31, 2012 are as follows:

 

Three months or less

   $ 15,402   

Over three months through six months

     26,518   

Over six months through twelve months

     10,693   

Over twelve months

     29,242   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 81,855   
  

 

 

 

The Company largely relies on its core deposit base of checking and savings accounts to fund operations. Management has competitively priced its deposit products in checking, savings, money market and time deposits to provide a stable source of funding. During 2012, management decided not to aggressively pursue time deposits with high interest rates due to excess liquidity.

In general, as interest rates in the economy change, some deposits migrate towards investments with higher anticipated yields. Historically, the Bank’s core deposits have been stable and not significantly impacted by such trends.

As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company had Certificate of Deposit Account Registry Service (“CDARS”) reciprocal deposits in the amount of $22.3 million and $21.7 million, respectively. The Bank also currently issues brokered certificates of deposit as an alternative to wholesale funding due to their favorable terms. There was no balance outstanding as of December 31, 2012 and $23.2 million, or 3.2%, as of December 31, 2011. The brokered certificates of deposit issued are generally a low cost alternative to wholesale funding with the majority offered having a call feature optionality not provided by wholesale funding.

 

47


Table of Contents

OTHER LIABILITIES

As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company had post-retirement benefits accrued in the amount of $3.2 million and $3.0 million, respectively. Also, as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company had pension benefits accrued in the amount of $4.2 million and $3.4 million, respectively.

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

The following table presents changes in stockholders’ equity of the Company for the periods indicated:

 

Years Ended December 31,

   2012     2011*  

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 127,333      $ 120,466   

Stock-based compensation

     40        —     

Net income

     10,589        10,531   

Other comprehensive income

     (12     1,840   

Cash dividends declared

     (5,504     (5,504
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Stockholders’ Equity

   $ 132,446      $ 127,333   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

* - as restated, see Note 28

LIQUIDITY

The objective of liquidity management is to maintain a balance between sources and uses of funds in such a way that the cash requirements of customers for loans and deposit withdrawals are met in an economical manner. Management monitors its liquidity position continuously in relation to trends of loans and deposits for short-term as well as long-term requirements. Liquid assets are monitored on a daily basis to assure appropriate utilization. Management also manages its liquidity requirements by maintaining readily marketable assets and access to short-term funding sources.

The Company remains in a highly liquid condition both in the short and long term and does not foresee any adverse trends in liquidity. Sources of liquidity include the Company’s U.S. Agency bond portfolios, additional deposits, earnings, overnight loans to and from other companies (Federal Funds) and lines of credit at the Federal Reserve Bank and the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB). The Company is not a party to any commitments, guarantees or obligations that could materially affect its liquidity.

The Bank offers collateralized securities sold under agreements to repurchase, which have a one day maturity, as an alternative deposit option for its customers. The securities sold under agreements to repurchase are accounted for as a collateralized borrowing with a one day maturity and are collateralized by U.S. Agency securities. The Bank also has long-term debt outstanding to the FHLB, which was used to purchase a Freddie Mac pool of residential mortgages. At December 31, 2012, the Bank had $184,000 of available borrowing capacity with the FHLB, a borrower-in-custody (BIC) line of credit of $32,187 with the Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia, available borrowing capacity at the Federal Reserve discount window of $12,180, an overnight Federal funds line of credit of $19,000 with PNC Bank, an overnight Federal funds line of credit of $5,000 with Wells Fargo and an overnight Federal funds line of credit of $5,000 with Atlantic Central Bankers Bank.

The Company is a separate legal entity from the Bank and must provide for its own liquidity. In addition to its operating expenses, the Company is responsible for paying any dividends declared to its shareholders. The Company’s primary source of funds is dividends received from the Bank. The amount of dividends that the Bank may declare and pay to the Company is generally restricted under Pennsylvania law to the retained earnings of the Bank.

 

48


Table of Contents

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS, COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

Commitments to Extend Credit

In the normal course of business, there are outstanding commitments and contingent liabilities, created under prevailing terms and collateral requirements such as commitments to extend credit, financial guarantees and letters of credit, which are not reflected in the accompanying Financial Statements. The Company does not anticipate any losses as a result of these transactions. These instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the Balance Sheets.

The contract or notional amounts of those instruments reflect the extent of involvement the Company has in particular classes of financial instruments.

Financial instruments whose contract amounts represent credit risk at December 31, 2012 and 2011 are as follows:

 

     2012      2011  

Commitments to extend credit:

     

Fixed rate

   $ 67,094       $ 57,414   

Variable rate

   $ 107,823       $ 114,235   

Standby letters of credit

   $ 14,440       $ 19,054   

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have expiration dates of one year or less or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements.

Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers.

Legal Proceedings

Various actions and proceedings are presently pending to which the Company is a party. Management is of the opinion that the aggregate liabilities, if any, arising from such actions would not have a material adverse effect on the financial position of the Company.

Post-retirement Life Insurance Benefit

In 1995, the Company established a post-retirement life insurance benefit equal to three times the employees’ salary at retirement for all employees employed with the Company at July 1, 1995. Employees hired by the Company after July 1, 1995, received a post-retirement life insurance benefit equal to $50,000 at retirement, then decreasing to $5,000 by age 75. In June of this year, the Company amended the post-retirement life insurance benefit for all active employees, regardless of hire date, to a benefit of $50,000 at retirement, then decreasing by $5,000 a year to $5,000 at age 75. Since the product offered is term life insurance, the Company is exposed to increasing costs in future years.

The Company is evaluating various options to reduce or settle its obligation for benefits, to the current retiree group only. One option under consideration is a plan offered by an insurance company, as to this current retiree group, whereby the Company would enter into an agreement with the insurance company to transfer all risk and obligation for the benefits payable as to the current retiree group in exchange for a one-time fixed payment by the Company.

The agreement would require a one-time payment to the insurance company, estimated to be $4.1 million. There would be no further cost to the Company as to the current retirees, after this payment. The Company would recognize a settlement charge, net of tax, of approximately $1.6 million in the period in which it occurs.

CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS

Long-term Debt

The Company has established credit facilities with the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh, which are secured by all of the Company’s assets. Additionally, in connection with the credit facilities, the Company has agreed to maintain sufficient qualifying collateral to fully secure the borrowings below.

A summary of long-term debt, including amortizing principal and interest payments, at December 31, 2012 is as follows:

 

Monthly Installment

   Fixed Rate     Floating Rate     Maturity Date      Balance  

Amortizing loans

         

$    90

     3.10       02/28/13       $ 179   

    430

     3.74       03/13/13         1,282   

      18

     2.66       08/28/14         348   

      67

     3.44       03/02/15         1,678   

      13

     3.48       03/31/15         348   

      10

     3.83       04/02/18         581   

    186

     4.69       03/13/23         18,181   
         

 

 

 

Total amortizing

            22,597   
         

 

 

 

Non-amortizing loans

         
     3.49       02/28/13         7,000   
     2.36       09/22/17         6,500   
       1.88     12/02/19         3,000   
       1.52     12/19/19         6,300   
         

 

 

 

Total non-amortizing

            22,800   
         

 

 

 

Total long-term debt

          $ 45,397   
         

 

 

 

 

49


Table of Contents

Aggregate maturities of long-term debt at December 31, 2012 are as follows:

 

December 31,

   Principal  

2013

   $ 11,094   

2014

     2,670   

2015

     1,836   

2016

     1,740   

2017

     8,323   

Thereafter

     19,734   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 45,397   
  

 

 

 

Operating Leases

The Company leases the land upon which the Mount Pocono Office was built and the land upon which a drive-up ATM was built on Meadow Avenue, Scranton. The Company also leases space at a location which is being used as a remote banking facility. Rental expense was $103 in 2012, $98 in 2011 and $94 in 2010. All leases contain renewal options. The Mount Pocono and the Meadow Avenue leases contain the right of first refusal for the purchase of the properties and provisions for annual rent adjustments based upon the Consumer Price Index.

Future minimum rental commitments under these leases at December 31, 2012 are as follows:

 

     Mount      Meadow         
     Pocono      Avenue      Total  

2013

   $ 69       $ 25       $ 94   

2014

     69         25         94   

2015

     69         25         94   

2016

     29         17         46   

2017 and beyond

     —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total minimum payments required

   $ 236       $ 92       $ 328   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

CAPITAL RESOURCES

A strong capital position is important to the continued profitability of the Company and promotes depositor and investor confidence. The Company’s capital provides a basis for future growth and expansion and also provides additional protection against unexpected losses.

Additional sources of capital are retained earnings from the operations of the Company and proceeds from the sale of additional shares of common stock. Management has no plans to offer additional shares of common stock at this time.

The Company’s total risk-based capital ratio was 17.96% at December 31, 2012. The Bank’s total risk-based capital ratio was 17.35% at December 31, 2012, which is more than the 10.00% ratio that Federal regulators use as the “well capitalized” threshold under the Federal prompt corrective action regulations. This is the current criteria which the FDIC uses in determining the lowest insurance rate for deposit insurance. The Bank’s risk-based capital ratio is more than double the 8.00% minimum threshold, which determines whether a company is “adequately capitalized”. Under these rules, the Bank could significantly increase its assets and still comply with these capital requirements without the necessity of increasing its equity capital. Reference should be made to the information about the Company’s regulatory guidelines under the heading “General Notes to Financial Statements—Note 25 Regulatory Matters.”

 

50


Table of Contents

NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES

Core Earnings Calculation

Certain financial measures for 2011 reported herein exclude the effect of the reversal of a contingent liability recorded in connection with the 2009 acquisition of Old Forge Bank. Management of the Company believes that investors’ understanding of the Company’s performance is enhanced by disclosing these non-GAAP financial measures as a reasonable basis for comparison of the Company’s ongoing results of operations. These non-GAAP measures should not be considered a substitute for GAAP-basis measures and results. Our non-GAAP measures may not be comparable to non-GAAP measures of other companies.

The following tables present the reconciliation of these non-GAAP financial measures to reported GAAP financial measures:

 

     Years Ended December 31,        

Unadjusted (GAAP)

   2012     2011*     Change  

Net interest income after provision for loan and lease losses

   $ 31,305      $ 29,987      $ 1,318   

Non-interest income

     11,441        12,619        (1,178

Non-interest expense

     (29,099     (29,041     (58

Income tax (provision) benefit

     (3,058     (3,034     (24
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     10,589        10,531        58   

Adjustments:

      

Non-interest income

      

Reversal of a contingent liability recorded in the Merger

     0        (500     500   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total adjustments pre-tax

     0        (500     500   

Income tax provision (benefit)

     0        170        (170
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

After tax adjustments to GAAP

     0        (330     330   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted “net income from core operations”

   $ 10,589      $ 10,201      $ 388   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted Return on Average Assets

     1.14     1.09  

Adjusted Return on Average Equity

     8.07     8.18  

Adjusted Dividend Payout Ratio

     52.01     54.02  

 

* - as restated see Note 28

Return on average equity (ROE) and return on average assets (ROA) for the year ended December 31, 2012 was 8.07% and 1.14%, respectively. ROE was 8.45% (8.18% excluding the reversal of a contingent liability) and ROA was 1.13% (1.09% excluding the reversal of a contingent liability) for 2011. The dividend payout ratio was 52.01% for the year ended December 31, 2012 and 52.34% (54.02% excluding the reversal of a contingent liability) for 2011.

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses and Credit Fair Value Adjustment

Management believes that the following information, as to the Company’s evaluation of probable credit losses and its effect on results of operations and financial condition, is useful to investors. The Company has provided for anticipated loan losses through the allowance for loan and lease losses and a credit fair value adjustment on loans acquired, as shown below:

 

     December 31,     December 31,  
     2012     2011  

Loans, net of unearned income

   $ 623,530      $ 631,522   

Credit fair value adjustment on purchased loans

     1,209        2,343   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total adjusted loans

   $ 624,739      $ 633,865   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     December 31,     December 31,  
     2012     2011  

Allowance for loan and lease losses

   $ 6,950      $ 6,711   

Credit fair value adjustment on purchased loans

     1,209        2,343   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total adjusted allowance

   $ 8,159      $ 9,054   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total adjusted allowance to adjusted loans

     1.31     1.43

 

51


Table of Contents
ITEM 7A QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

The Company currently does not enter into derivative financial instruments, which include futures, forwards, interest rate swaps, option contracts and other financial instruments with similar characteristics. However, the Company is party to traditional financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit, financial guarantees and letters of credit. These traditional instruments involve to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party up to a stipulated amount and with specified terms and conditions.

Commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit are not recorded as an asset or liability by the Company until the instrument is exercised.

The Company’s exposure to market risk is reviewed on a regular basis by the Bank’s board of directors. Interest rate risk is the potential of economic losses due to future interest rate changes. These economic losses can be reflected as a loss of future net interest income and/or a loss of current fair market values. The objective is to measure the effect on net interest income and to adjust the balance sheet to manage the inherent risk while at the same time maximizing income. Management realizes certain risks are inherent and that the goal is to identify and manage the risks. Tools used by management include the standard GAP report and an interest rate shock simulation report. The Company has no market risk sensitive instruments held for trading purposes. Management believes the Company’s market risk is reasonable at this time.

The following table provides information about the Company’s market rate sensitive instruments used for purposes other than trading that are sensitive to changes in interest rates. For loans, securities, and liabilities with contractual maturities, the table presents principal cash flows and related weighted-average interest rates by contractual maturities as well as the Company’s historical experience of the impact of interest rate fluctuations on the prepayment of residential and home equity loans and mortgage-backed securities. For core deposits (e.g., DDA, interest checking, savings and money market deposits) that have no contractual maturity, the table presents principal cash flows and, as applicable, related weighted-average interest rates based on the Company’s historical experience, management’s judgment, and statistical analysis, as applicable, concerning their most likely withdrawal behaviors.

ASSET/LIABILITY MANAGEMENT

The Company’s policy is to match its level of rate-sensitive assets and rate-sensitive liabilities within a limited range, thereby reducing its exposure to interest rate fluctuations. While no single measure can completely identify the impact of changes in interest rates on net interest income, one gauge of interest rate-sensitivity is to measure, over a variety of time periods, the differences in the amounts of the Company’s rate-sensitive assets and rate-sensitive liabilities. These differences, or “gaps”, provide an indication of the extent to which net interest income may be affected by future changes in interest rates. A positive gap exists when rate-sensitive assets exceed rate-sensitive liabilities and indicates that a greater volume of assets than liabilities will reprise during a given period. This mismatch may enhance earnings in a rising interest rate environment and may inhibit earnings when interest rates decline. Conversely, when rate-sensitive liabilities exceed rate-sensitive assets, referred to as a negative gap, it indicates that a greater volume of liabilities than assets may reprise during the period. In this case, a rising interest rate environment may inhibit earnings and declining interest rates may enhance earnings. However, because interest rates for different asset and liability products offered by financial institutions respond differently, the gap is only a general indicator of interest rate sensitivity.

The Bank has active Asset/Liability and Pricing Committees, which measure the interest rate variances for the impact on its net interest margin, in accordance with Interagency Advisory on interest rate risk management, as well as, monitoring interest rate caps and floors on loans.

There were no material changes in interest rate risk between the year ended December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

 

52


Table of Contents

MATURITIES AND SENSITIVITY OF MARKET RISK AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2012

The table below presents states and political subdivisions securities and loans on a fully taxable equivalent basis.

 

     2013     2014     2015     2016     2017     Thereafter     Non-Rate
Sensitive
    Total     Fair
Value
 

ASSETS

                  

Fixed interest rate securities:

                  

U.S. Agency obligations

   $ 17,120      $ 15,202      $ 23,393      $ 18,904      $ 10,063      $ —        $ —        $ 84,682      $ 84,682   

Yield

     1.19     1.24     1.00     .56     .90     —          —          .97     —     

Mortgage-backed securities

     7,947        5,423        3,773        2,748        2,096        4,838        —          26,825        27,677   

Yield

     3.45     3.38     3.38     3.39     3.38     3.27     —          3.38     —     

State & political subdivisions

     6,409        3,654        3,476        6,995        6,404        32,982        —          59,920        59,936   

Yield

     7.23     7.41     6.98     6.77     7.21     7.07     —          7.23     —     

Variable interest rate securities:

                  

Mortgage-backed securities

     4,692        103        —          —          —          —          —          4,795        4,799   

Yield

     2.28     1.62     —          —          —          —          —          2.27     —     

Other

     1,071        —          —          —          —          —          —          1,071        1,071   

Yield

     1.51     —          —          —          —          —          —          1.51     —     

Fixed interest rate loans:

                  

Real estate mortgages

     52,568        33,050        25,563        18,536        12,004        17,639        —          159,360        167,453   

Yield

     5.67     5.58     5.49     5.38     5.19     4.60     —          5.43     —     

Commercial

     6,660        9,503        9,232        3,779        7,161        18,094        —          54,429        59,740   

Yield

     5.28     5.60     4.12     5.72     6.30     5.97     —          5.53     —     

Consumer and other

     14,764        10,582        7,470        4,313        1,582        3,391        —          42,102        42,749   

Yield

     5.33     5.31     5.28     5.27     5.29     4.86     —          5.27     —     

Variable interest rate loans:

                  

Real estate mortgages

     146,625        31,626        21,490        11,722        11,675        7,414        —          230,552        228,626   

Yield

     4.30     4.70     4.93     4.90     4.61     5.05     —          4.49     —     

Commercial

     97,006        5,697        5,937        4,125        7,162        6,479        —          126,406        123,656   

Yield

     4.01     5.44     5.40     5.84     4.62     5.29     —          4.30     —     

Consumer and other

     10,633        48        —          —          —          —          —          10,681        12,438   

Yield

     5.62     6.25     —          —          —          —          —          5.62     —     

Less: Allowance for loan and lease losses

     —          —          —          —          —          6,950        —          6,950        —     

Federal Home Loan Bank stock

     —          —          —          —          —          —          4,212        4,212        4,212   

Yield

     —          —          —          —          —          —          .32     .32     —     

Interest bearing balances with banks

     29,039        992        1,984        248        —          —          —          32,263        32,263   

Yield

     .25     .80     1.02     1.15     —          —          —          .32     —     

Bank owned life insurance

     17,616        —          —          —          —          —          —          17,616        17,616   

Yield

     4.46     —          —          —          —          —          —          4.46     —     

Cash and due from banks

     —          —          —          —          —          —          15,581        15,581        15,581   

Goodwill

     —          —          —          —          —          —          26,398        26,398        —     

Other assets

     —          —          —          —          —          —          28,099        28,099        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Assets

   $ 412,150      $ 115,880      $ 102,318      $ 71,370      $ 58,147      $ 83,887      $ 74,290      $ 918,042      $ 882,499   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

                  

Variable interest rate deposits:

                  

Demand-Interest bearing

   $ 17,995      $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 84,727      $ —        $ 102,722      $ 102,722   

Yield

     .45     —          —          —          —          .20     —          .25     —     

Savings

     12,109        —          —          —          —          114,509        —          126,618        126,618   

Yield

     .05     —          —          —          —          .05     —          .05     —     

Money markets

     166,273        —          —          —          —          —          —          166,273        166,273   

Yield

     .26     —          —          —          —          —          —          .26     —     

Fixed interest rate deposits:

                  

Time-Over $100,000

     52,592        16,740        3,444        6,503        2,037        539        —          81,855        83,181   

Yield

     .79     1.77     2.57     2.09     1.70     3.36     —          1.36     —     

Time-Other

     59,982        15,118        6,236        8,095        3,480        448        —          93,359        94,856   

Yield

     .40     .86     1.15     2.13     1.67     1.70     —          .64     —     

Demand-Non-interest bearing

     —          —          —          —          —          —          151,121        151,121        151,121   

Repurchase agreements

     8,019        —          —          —          —          —          —          8,019        8,019   

Yield

     .34     —          —          —          —          —          —          .34     —     

Long-term borrowings

     20,459        2,715        1,777        1,759        8,343        10,344        —          45,397        48,625   

Yield

     2.73     4.11     4.57     4.63     2.86     4.69     —          3.43     —     

Other liabilities

     —          —          —          —          —          —          10,232        10,232        —     

Stockholders’ equity

     —          —          —          —          —          —          132,446        132,446        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

   $ 337,429      $ 34,573      $ 11,457      $ 16,357      $ 13,860      $ 210,567      $ 293,799      $ 918,042     

$

781,415

  

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Excess of assets (liabilities) Subject to interest rate change

   $ 74,721      $ 81,307      $ 90,861      $ 55,013      $ 44,287      $ (126,680   $ (219,509   $ —       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

53


Table of Contents
ITEM 8 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

December 31,

   2012     2011*  

Cash and due from banks

   $ 15,581      $ 13,184   

Interest bearing balances with banks

     32,263        21,296   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

     47,844        34,480   

Investment securities:

    

Available-for-sale, at fair value

     161,391        167,486   

Held-to-maturity (fair value of $16,774 and $24,969, respectively)

     15,902        23,722   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Investment Securities

     177,293        191,208   

Loans, net of unearned income

     623,530        631,522   

Less: Allowance for loan and lease losses

     6,950        6,711   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans, Net

     616,580        624,811   

Bank premises and equipment

     15,137        13,095   

Other real estate owned

     656        1,571   

Accrued interest receivable

     2,862        3,252   

Goodwill

     26,398        26,398   

Bank owned life insurance

     17,616        15,870   

Federal Home Loan Bank stock

     4,212        4,953   

Other assets

     9,444        9,894   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Assets

   $ 918,042      $ 925,532   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deposits:

    

Non-interest bearing

   $ 151,121      $ 134,799   

Interest bearing

     570,827        585,719   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Deposits

     721,948        720,518   

Other borrowed funds:

    

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     8,019        9,981   

Short-term borrowings

     —          —     

Long-term borrowings

     45,397        58,220   

Accrued interest payable

     716        1,010   

Other liabilities

     9,516        8,470   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

     785,596        798,199   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Common stock; $.01 par value, 15,000,000 shares authorized, 3,276,079 shares issued and outstanding

     33        33   

Surplus

     48,905        48,865   

Retained earnings

     83,798        78,713   

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     (290     (278
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Stockholders’ Equity

     132,446        127,333   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

   $ 918,042      $ 925,532   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

* - as restated see Note 28

The accompanying Notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

54


Table of Contents

Consolidated Statements of Income

 

Years Ended December 31,

   2012      2011*     2010*  

Interest and fees on loans

   $ 32,539       $ 33,585      $ 34,633   

Interest and dividends on investments:

       

U.S. Treasury securities and U.S. Agency obligations

     2,282         2,724        2,855   

States & political subdivisions

     2,660         3,273        4,197   

Other securities

     63         64        51   

Interest on Federal funds sold

     —           2        —     

Interest on balances with banks

     47         59        9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Interest Income

     37,591         39,707        41,745   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest on time deposits of $100,000 or more

     1,180         1,436        2,173   

Interest on other deposits

     2,244         3,522        3,455   

Interest on other borrowed funds

     1,938         2,381        2,728   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Interest Expense

     5,362         7,339        8,356   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Interest Income

     32,229         32,368        33,389   

Provision for loan and lease losses

     924         2,381        1,999   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Interest Income After Provision for Loan and Lease Losses

     31,305         29,987        31,390   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Trust department income

     1,481         1,563        1,493   

Service charges on deposit accounts

     1,918         2,047        2,163   

Merchant transaction income

     4,290         4,670        4,521   

Brokerage fee income

     264         253        340   

Cardholder discounts

     1,011         916        799   

Other fee income

     719         786        771   

Bank-owned life insurance income

     504         490        538   

Gain on sale of mortgage loans

     796         474        682   

Other operating income

     141         832        287   

Impairment losses on investment securities

     —           (78     —     

Realized gains on securities, net

     317         666        558   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Non-Interest Income

     11,441         12,619        12,152   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Salaries and employee benefits

     14,121         13,951        13,317   

Bank premises and equipment expense

     2,946         3,561        3,547   

Merchant transaction expenses

     2,742         3,166        3,139   

FDIC insurance assessments

     458         450        1,150   

Legal and professional expenses

     554         678        694   

Advertising expense

     287         494        605   

Bank shares tax

     1,708         862        805   

Outside services

     1,523         820        781   

Director fees

     433         530        550   

Other operating expenses

     4,327         4,529        4,101   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Non-Interest Expenses

     29,099         29,041        28,689   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     13,647         13,565        14,853   

Applicable income taxes

     3,058         3,034        3,287   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income

   $ 10,589       $ 10,531      $ 11,566   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings Per Share - Basic

   $ 3.23       $ 3.21      $ 3.53   

Earnings Per Share - Diluted

   $ 3.23       $ 3.21      $ 3.53   

 

* - as restated see Note 28

The accompanying Notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

55


Table of Contents

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

 

Years Ended December 31,

   2012     2011*     2010*  

Net Income

   $ 10,589      $ 10,531      $ 11,566   

Other comprehensive income, net of tax:

      

Unrealized gains (losses) on securities:

      

Unrealized holding gains (losses) arising during the year

     807        3,216        (835

Reclassification adjustment for gains recognized in net income

     (209     (440     (360

Recognition of other-than-temporary impairment losses

     —          52        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net unrealized gains (losses) on securities

     598        2,828        (1,195

Change in funded status of employee benefit plans

     (610     (988     (425
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income

     (12     1,840        (1,620
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive Income

   $ 10,577      $ 12,371      $ 9,946   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

* - as restated see Note 28

The accompanying Notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

56


Table of Contents

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

Years Ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

 

                         Accumulated        
                         Other     Total  
     Common             Retained     Comprehensive     Stockholders’  
     Stock      Surplus      Earnings     Income     Equity  

Balance, December 31, 2009*

   $ 33       $ 48,865       $ 67,624      $ (498   $ 116,024   

Net income, 2010*

     —           —           11,566        —          11,566   

Other comprehensive income*

     —           —           —          (1,620     (1,620

Cash dividends declared ($1.68 per share)

     —           —           (5,504     —          (5,504
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2010*

     33         48,865         73,686        (2,118     120,466   

Net income, 2011*

     —           —           10,531        —          10,531   

Other comprehensive income*

     —           —           —          1,840        1,840   

Cash dividends declared ($1.68 per share)

     —           —           (5,504     —          (5,504
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2011*

     33         48,865         78,713        (278     127,333   

Stock-based compensation

     —           40         —          —          40   

Net income, 2012

     —           —           10,589        —          10,589   

Other comprehensive income

     —           —           —          (12     (12

Cash dividends declared ($1.68 per share)

     —           —           (5,504     —          (5,504
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2012

   $ 33       $ 48,905       $ 83,798      $ (290   $ 132,446   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

* - as restated see Note 28

The accompanying Notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

57


Table of Contents

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

Years Ended December 31,

   2012     2011*     2010*  

Net income

   $ 10,589      $ 10,531      $ 11,566   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

      

Depreciation

     855        1,050        1,088   

Provision for loan and lease losses

     924        2,381        1,999   

Deferred income tax provision

     353        217        657   

Amortization of securities (net of accretion)

     383        494        464   

Accretion of purchase accounting fair value adjustment (net of amortization)

     (552     (649     (913

Increase in cash surrender value of life insurance

     (504     (490     (538

Other-than-temporary impairment loss

     —          78        —     

Net realized gains on securities

     (317     (666     (558

Loss (gain) on other real estate

     5        262        (12

Decrease in interest receivable

     390        557        508   

(Increase) decrease in other assets

     (94     92        (490

(Decrease) increase in income taxes payable

     (276     (756     788   

Decrease in interest payable

     (294     (118     (189

Increase (decrease) in other liabilities

     399        (175     167   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     11,861        12,808        14,537   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Purchase of investment securities available-for-sale

     (46,297     (28,312     (54,587

Purchase of investment securities to be held-to-maturity

     —          —          (12,732

Proceeds from sales and maturities of investment securities available-for-sale

     46,652        34,338        24,542   

Proceeds from repayments of investment securities available-for-sale

     6,669        4,305        4,205   

Proceeds from repayments of investment securities to be held-to-maturity

     7,730        19,883        15,741   

Loan collections (originations), net

     7,268        (19,420     (13,059

Proceeds from other real estate

     1,778        1,141        827   

Purchase of life insurance contract

     (1,242     —          (450

Investment in premises and equipment

     (2,897     (739     (2,098

Proceeds from FHLB share buyback

     1,581        1,129        320   

Purchase of FHLB restricted stock

     (840     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided (used) by investing activities

     20,402        12,325        (37,291
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in demand and savings deposits

     40,944        63,822        2,453   

Net (decrease) increase in time deposits

     (39,554     (34,474     43,425   

(Decrease) increase in repurchase agreements

     (1,962     (9,413     1,226   

Net (decrease) increase in short-term borrowings

     —          (8,688     (18,742

Increase in long-term borrowings

     —          —          12,800   

Payments on long-term borrowings

     (12,823     (10,615     (12,059

Cash dividends paid

     (5,504     (5,504     (5,504
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used) provided by financing activities

     (18,899     (4,872     23,599   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

     13,364        20,261        845   

Cash and cash equivalents at January 1

     34,480        14,219        13,374   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at December 31

   $ 47,844      $ 34,480      $ 14,219   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

* - as restated see Note 28

The accompanying Notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

58


Table of Contents

General Notes to Financial Statements

NOTE 1 — NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Penseco Financial Services Corporation (Company) is a financial holding company incorporated under the laws of Pennsylvania. It is the parent company of Penn Security Bank and Trust Company (Bank), a Pennsylvania state chartered bank.

The Company operates thirteen banking offices under a state bank charter and provides full banking services, including trust services, to individual and corporate customers primarily in Northeastern Pennsylvania. The Company’s primary deposit products are savings and demand deposit accounts and certificates of deposit. Its primary lending products are real estate, commercial and consumer loans.

The Company’s revenues are attributable to a single reportable segment; therefore segment information is not presented.

The accounting policies of the Company conform with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP) and with general practices within the banking industry.

BASIS OF PRESENTATION

The Financial Statements of the Company have been consolidated with those of the Bank and its subsidiaries, eliminating all intercompany items and transactions.

The Statements are presented on the accrual basis of accounting.

On April 1, 2009, the Company completed its acquisition of Old Forge Bank in a cash and stock transaction valued at approximately $55.5 million (the “Merger”). The Merger was accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting and, accordingly, the assets and liabilities of Old Forge Bank have been recorded at their respective fair values on the date the Merger was completed. Old Forge Bank was merged into Penn Security Bank and Trust Company in a two-step transaction. An aggregate of 1,128,079 shares of Company common stock and approximately $17.4 million in cash was paid to former Old Forge Bank shareholders, resulting in goodwill of $26.4 million.

All dollar amounts are presented in thousands of dollars, except per share amounts.

USE OF ESTIMATES

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change relate to the determination of the allowance for loan and lease losses and the valuation of property that is included in “other real estate owned” on our consolidated balance sheet and that was acquired in connection with foreclosures or in satisfaction of loans. In connection with the determination of the allowances for loan and lease losses and valuation of other real estate owned, management obtains independent appraisals for significant properties.

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

In April 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-02, Receivables (Topic 310): A Creditor’s Determination of Whether a Restructuring Is a Troubled Debt Restructuring. This ASU does not change the basic concept that a loan modification constitutes a troubled debt restructuring (TDR) if both of the following conditions are met: (a) the lender has granted a concession and (b) the borrower is experiencing financial difficulties. However, ASU 2011-02 provided clarifying guidance around various issues where the FASB believed there to be diversity in practice. The guidance became effective for the Company on July 1, 2011 and did not have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In April 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-03, Transfers and Servicing (Topic 860): Reconsideration of Effective Control for Repurchase Agreements. The ASU amended FASB guidance relating to repurchase agreements. The amendments changed the effective control assessment by removing the criterion that required the transferor to have the ability to repurchase or redeem financial assets on substantially the agreed terms, even in the event of default by the transferee. Instead, the amendments focused the assessment of effective control on the transferor’s rights and obligations with respect to the transferred financial assets and not whether the transferor has the practical ability to perform in accordance with those rights or obligations. The amended guidance became effective for the Company on January 1, 2012 and did not have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

59


Table of Contents

In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-04, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRS. This ASU updated accounting guidance related to fair value measurements and disclosures that result in common fair value measurements and disclosures between U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards. This guidance included amendments that clarified the application of existing fair value measurement requirements, in addition to other amendments that change principles or requirements for measuring fair value and for disclosing information about fair value measurements. The guidance was effective for the Company on January 1, 2012 and, aside from the new disclosures included “General Notes to Financial Statements — Note 22 Fair Value Measurements” the adoption of this guidance did not have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-05, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Presentation of Comprehensive Income. The new accounting guidance related to the presentation of comprehensive income, eliminating the option to present components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of changes in stockholders’ equity. The amendments required that all non-owner changes in stockholders’ equity be presented either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. The amendments did not change the items that must be reported in other comprehensive income or when an item of other comprehensive income must be reclassified to net income. The guidance became effective for the Company on January 1, 2012, however, certain provisions related to the presentation of reclassification adjustments have been deferred by ASU 2011-12 as discussed below. In connection with the adoption of this guidance, the Company’s consolidated financial statements now include separate statements of comprehensive income and additional footnote disclosures included in “General Notes to Financial Statements — Note 20 Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income”.

In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-08, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Goodwill for Impairment. The FASB issued this guidance to amend and simplify the rules related to testing goodwill for impairment. The revised guidance allows an entity to make an initial qualitative evaluation, based on the entity’s events and circumstances, to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. The results of this qualitative assessment determine whether it is necessary to perform the currently required two-step impairment test. The guidance became effective for the Company on January 1, 2012 and did not have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-12, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Deferral of the Effective Date for Amendments to the Presentation of Reclassifications of Items Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-05. The ASU deferred changes in ASU 2011-05 that related to the presentation of reclassification adjustments. The ASU indefinitely deferred the requirement in ASU No. 2011-05 to present items that are reclassified from other comprehensive income (OCI) to net income in the statement(s) where the components of net income and the components of OCI are presented. The guidance became effective for the Company on January 1, 2012 and did not have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In July 2012, the FASB issued ASU 2012-02, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets for Impairment. The ASU gives entities the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that an indefinite-lived intangible asset is impaired. If, after assessing the totality of events or circumstances, an entity determines it is more likely than not that an indefinite-lived intangible asset is impaired, then the entity must perform the quantitative impairment test. If, under the quantitative impairment test, the carrying amount of the intangible asset exceeds its fair value, an entity should recognize an impairment loss in the amount of that excess. Permitting an entity to assess qualitative factors, when testing indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment, results in guidance that is similar to the goodwill impairment testing guidance in ASU 2011-08. ASU 2012-02 is effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2013 (early adoption permitted) and is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements.

INVESTMENT SECURITIES

Investments in securities are classified in two categories and accounted for as follows:

Securities Held-to-Maturity Bonds, notes, debentures and mortgage-backed securities for which the Company has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are reported at cost, adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts computed on the straight-line basis, which approximates the interest method, over the remaining period to maturity.

 

60


Table of Contents

Securities Available-for-Sale Bonds, notes, debentures, mortgage-backed securities not classified as securities to be held to maturity and certain equity securities are classified as available-for-sale and carried at fair value with unrealized holding gains and losses, net of tax, reported as a net amount in a separate component of stockholders’ equity until realized.

The amortization of premiums on mortgage-backed securities is done based on management’s estimate of the lives of the securities, adjusted, when necessary, for advanced prepayments in excess of those estimates.

Realized gains and losses on the sale of securities available-for-sale are determined using the specific identification method and are reported as a separate component of other income in the Statements of Income. Unrealized gains and losses are included as a separate item in computing comprehensive income.

Investment securities are evaluated periodically to determine whether a decline in their value is other than temporary. Management utilizes criteria such as the magnitude and duration of the decline, in addition to the reasons underlying the decline, to determine whether the loss in value is other than temporary. The term “other than temporary” is not intended to indicate that the decline is permanent. It indicates that the prospects for a near term recovery of value are not necessarily favorable, or that there is a lack of evidence to support fair values equal to, or greater than, the carrying value of the security. Once a decline in value is determined to be other than temporary, the value of the security is reduced and a corresponding charge to earnings is recognized.

LOANS AND PROVISION (ALLOWANCE) FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES

Loans are stated at the principal amount outstanding, net of any unearned income, deferred loan fees and the allowance for loan and lease losses. Interest is accrued daily on the outstanding balances.

Loans are generally placed on non-accrual status when principal or interest is past due 90 days or when payment in full is not anticipated. When a loan is placed on non-accrual status, all interest previously accrued but not collected is charged against current income. Loans are returned to accrual status when past due interest is collected and the collection of principal is probable.

The allowance for loan and lease losses is based on past loan loss experience, management’s evaluation of the potential loss in the current loan portfolio under current economic conditions and such other factors as, in management’s best judgment, deserve current recognition in estimating loan and lease losses. The provision for loan and lease losses charged to operating expense is that amount which is sufficient to bring the balance of the allowance for loan and lease losses to an adequate level to absorb probable losses.

The Bank follows its systematic methodology in accordance with the FFIEC Interagency Policy Statements, as amended, and GAAP in assessing the adequacy of the allowance account. Under GAAP, the adequacy of the allowance account is determined based on the provisions of FASB ASC 310 for loans specifically identified to be individually evaluated for impairment and the requirements of FASB ASC 450 for large groups of smaller balance homogeneous loans to be collectively evaluated for impairment. Loans are identified by the Bank’s rating system, past due reports, watch list and subjectivity to economic factors and are then collectively evaluated for impairment with others utilizing standard criteria. Consideration is given to current local economic conditions which the Company classified as recessionary throughout the periods covered by these financial statements.

The Bank’s historical analysis of loss factors considers the current trends in local economic conditions affecting the Bank. This methodology is designed to address deterioration in local economic conditions and to provide the Bank with the most current information available for estimating the allowance for loan and lease losses. In addition, and in view of the concentration of the Bank’s loan portfolio in real estate – approximately 77% of the portfolio is secured by real estate mainly in the counties in which the Bank operates – the Bank also took into account the decline in real estate sales and new construction in our market area and drop in real estate values within the market area.

PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Provision for depreciation and amortization, computed principally on the straight-line method, is charged to operating expenses over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Maintenance and repairs are charged to current expense as incurred.

LOAN SERVICING

The Company generally retains the right to service mortgage loans sold to others. The cost allocated to the mortgage servicing rights retained has been recognized as a separate asset within other assets and is being amortized in proportion to and over the period of estimated net servicing income.

 

61


Table of Contents

Mortgage servicing rights are evaluated for impairment based on the fair value of those rights. Fair values are estimated using discounted cash flows based on current market rates of interest and current expected future prepayment rates. For purposes of measuring impairment, the rights must be stratified by one or more predominant risk characteristics of the underlying loans. The Company stratifies its capitalized mortgage servicing rights based on the product type, interest rate and term of the underlying loans. The amount of impairment recognized is the amount, if any, by which the amortized cost of the rights for each stratum exceed the fair value.

ADVERTISING EXPENSES

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Advertising expenses for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, amounted to $287, $494 and $605, respectively.

INCOME TAXES

Provisions for income taxes are based on taxes payable or refundable for the current year (after exclusion of non-taxable income such as interest on state and municipal securities) as well as deferred taxes on temporary differences, between the amount of taxable income and pre-tax financial income and between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the Financial Statements. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are included in the Financial Statements at currently enacted income tax rates applicable to the period in which the deferred tax assets and liabilities are expected to be realized or settled. As changes in tax laws or rates are enacted, deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted through the provision for income taxes.

Management evaluated the Company’s tax positions and concluded that the Company had taken no uncertain tax positions that require adjustment to the financial statements. With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to income tax examinations by the U.S. Federal, state or local tax authorities for years before 2009.

PENSION AND POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS EXPENSE

The Company sponsors various pension plans covering substantially all employees. The Company also provides post-retirement benefit plans other than pensions, consisting principally of life insurance benefits, to eligible retirees. The liabilities and annual income or expense of the Company’s pension and other post-retirement benefit plans are determined using methodologies that involve several actuarial assumptions, the most significant of which are the discount rate and the long-term rate of asset return (based on the market-related value of assets). The fair values of plan assets are determined based on prevailing market prices or estimated fair value for investments with no available quoted prices.

STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS EXPENSE

The compensation expense recognized for the Company’s stock appreciation rights (SARs) is recorded over the vesting period (five years). The fair value of the SARs is estimated using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Reference should be made to the information about the Company’s benefit plans under the heading “General Notes to Financial Statements — Note 18 Stock Appreciation Rights and Stock Awards”.

CASH FLOWS

For purposes of the Statements of Cash Flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, due from banks, interest bearing balances with banks and Federal funds sold for a one-day period.

The Company paid interest and income taxes during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 as follows:

 

     2012      2011      2010  

Income taxes paid

   $ 2,260       $ 2,315       $ 2,600   

Interest paid

   $ 5,656       $ 7,457       $ 8,545   

Non-cash transactions during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, comprised entirely of the net acquisition of real estate in the settlement of loans, amounted to $867, $1,647 and $1,099, respectively.

LONG-LIVED ASSETS

The Company reviews the carrying value of long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that carrying amounts of the assets might not be recoverable.

 

62


Table of Contents

TRUST ASSETS AND INCOME

Assets held by the Company in a fiduciary or agency capacity for its customers are not included in the Financial Statements since such items are not assets of the Company. Trust income is reported on the accrual basis of accounting.

EARNINGS PER SHARE

Basic earnings per share are computed on the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during each year. Diluted earnings per share include restricted stock awards calculated on the “Treasury Stock Method”. Restricted stock awards are issued subject to forfeiture during the vesting period.

 

     Income      Shares      Per-share  

2012

   (Numerator)      (Denominator)      Amount  

Basic EPS

        

Income available

   $ 10,589         3,276,079       $ 3.23   

Shares includable

     —           332         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diluted EPS

   $ 10,589         3,276,411       $ 3.23   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     Income      Shares      Per-share  

2011*

   (Numerator)      (Denominator)      Amount  

Basic EPS

        

Income available

   $ 10,531         3,276,079       $ 3.21   

Shares includable

     —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diluted EPS

   $ 10,531         3,276,079       $ 3.21   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     Income      Shares      Per-share  

2010*

   (Numerator)      (Denominator)      Amount  

Basic EPS

        

Income available

   $ 11,566         3,276,079       $ 3.53   

Shares includable

     —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diluted EPS

   $ 11,566         3,276,079       $ 3.53   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

* - as restated see Note 28

RECLASSIFICATIONS

Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation.

NOTE 2 — CASH AND DUE FROM BANKS

Cash and due from banks are summarized as follows:

 

December 31,

   2012      2011  

Cash items in process of collection

   $ 8,733       $ 6,878   

Non-interest bearing balances

     577         394   

Cash on hand

     6,271         5,912   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 15,581       $ 13,184   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company may, from time to time, maintain bank balances with other financial institutions in excess of FDIC insured amounts. Management is not aware of any evidence that would indicate that such deposits are at risk. The Company complies with Regulation F and our correspondent banks’ financial conditions are reviewed on a quarterly basis.

 

63


Table of Contents

NOTE 3 — INVESTMENT SECURITIES

The amortized cost and fair value of investment securities at December 31, 2012 and 2011 are as follows:

 

     Available-for-Sale         
            Gross      Gross         
     Amortized      Unrealized      Unrealized      Fair  

2012

   Cost      Gains      Losses      Value  

U.S. Agency securities

   $ 83,927       $ 757       $ 2       $ 84,682   

Mortgage-backed securities

     15,962         839         —           16,801   

States & political subdivisions

     53,846         4,991         —           58,837   

Corporate securities

     —           —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Debt Securities

     153,735         6,587         2         160,320   

Equity securities

     801         281         11         1,071   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Available-for-Sale

   $ 154,536       $ 6,868       $ 13       $ 161,391   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
            Gross      Gross         
     Amortized      Unrealized      Unrealized      Fair  

2011

   Cost      Gains      Losses      Value  

U.S. Agency securities

   $ 77,150       $ 847       $ 12       $ 77,985   

Mortgage-backed securities

     21,270         896         —           22,166   

States & political subdivisions

     61,405         3,987         4         65,388   

Corporate securities

     1,002         2         —           1,004   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Debt Securities

     160,827         5,732         16         166,543   

Equity securities

     709         288         54         943   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Available-for-Sale

   $ 161,536       $ 6,020       $ 70       $ 167,486   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
    

Held-to-Maturity

        
            Gross      Gross         
     Amortized      Unrealized      Unrealized      Fair  

2012

   Cost      Gains      Losses      Value  

Mortgage-backed securities

   $ 14,819       $ 856       $ —         $ 15,675   

States & political subdivisions

     1,083         16         —           1,099   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Held-to-Maturity

   $ 15,902       $ 872       $ —         $ 16,774   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
            Gross      Gross         
     Amortized      Unrealized      Unrealized      Fair  

2011

   Cost      Gains      Losses      Value  

Mortgage-backed securities

   $ 21,912       $ 1,207       $ —         $ 23,119   

States & political subdivisions

     1,810         40         —           1,850   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Held-to-Maturity

   $ 23,722       $ 1,247       $ —         $ 24,969   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Equity securities at December 31, 2012 and 2011 consisted primarily of common stock of companies in the financial services industry.

A summary of transactions involving available-for-sale debt securities in 2012, 2011 and 2010 are as follows:

 

December 31,

   2012      2011      2010  

Proceeds from sales

   $ 5,821       $ 15,318       $ 8,897   

Gross realized gains

     68         145         66   

Gross realized losses

     —           —           4   

 

64


Table of Contents

Investment securities with amortized costs and fair values of $144,361 and $150,620, respectively, at December 31, 2012 and $150,152 and $155,959, respectively, at December 31, 2011, were pledged to secure trust funds, public deposits and for other purposes as required by law.

The amortized cost and fair value of debt securities at December 31, 2012 by contractual maturity are shown in the following table. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

 

December 31, 2012

   Available-for-Sale      Held-to-Maturity  
     Amortized      Fair      Amortized      Fair  
     Cost      Value      Cost      Value  

Due in one year or less:

           

U.S. Agency securities

   $ 17,019       $ 17,120       $ —         $ —     

After one year through five years:

           

U.S. Agency securities

     66,908         67,562         —           —     

States & political subdivisions

     169         172         —           —     

After five years through ten years:

           

States & political subdivisions

     2,660         2,913         1,083         1,099   

After ten years:

           

States & political subdivisions

     51,017         55,752         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotal

     137,773         143,519         1,083         1,099   

Mortgage-backed securities

     15,962         16,801         14,819         15,675   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Debt Securities

   $ 153,735       $ 160,320       $ 15,902       $ 16,774   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The gross fair value and unrealized losses of the Company’s investments aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position, at December 31, 2012 and 2011 are as follows:

 

     Less than twelve months      Twelve months or more      Totals  
     Fair      Unrealized      Fair      Unrealized      Fair      Unrealized  

December 31, 2012

   Value      Losses      Value      Losses      Value      Losses  

U.S. Agency securities

   $ 3,169       $ 2       $ —         $ —         $ 3,169       $ 2   

Equities

     141         9         48         2         189         11   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,310       $ 11       $ 48       $ 2       $ 3,358       $ 13   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     Less than twelve months      Twelve months or more      Totals  
     Fair      Unrealized      Fair      Unrealized      Fair      Unrealized  

December 31, 2011

   Value      Losses      Value      Losses      Value      Losses  

U.S. Agency securities

   $ 13,001       $ 12       $ —         $ —         $ 13,001       $ 12   

States & political subdivisions

     489         4         —           —           489         4   

Equities

     136         29         100         25         236         54   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 13,626       $ 45       $ 100       $ 25       $ 13,726       $ 70   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2012, four securities had unrealized losses for less than twelve months and one security had been in an unrealized loss position for twelve or more months. At December 31, 2011, ten securities had unrealized losses for less than twelve months and five securities had been in an unrealized loss position for twelve or more months.

In 2011, the Company recorded other-than-temporary impairment charge of $78 related to the Company’s equity investment portfolio containing stock of financial institutions. Prior to this impairment charge, the decline in value of the securities was recorded as unrealized losses on securities available-for-sale and reflected as a reduction in stockholders’ equity through other comprehensive income. The Company did not record any other-than-temporary impairment charges in 2012 or 2010.

 

65


Table of Contents

U.S. Agency Securities

The unrealized losses on the Company’s investments in U.S. Agency securities were caused by interest rate fluctuations and not credit quality. The contractual terms of these investments do not permit the issuer to settle the securities at a price less than the par value of the investment. Because the Company does not intend to sell the investments and it is not more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the investments before recovery of their amortized cost bases, which may be maturity, the Company does not consider those investments to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2012.

States and Political Subdivisions

The unrealized losses on the Company’s investments in states and political subdivisions were caused by interest rate fluctuations and not credit quality. The contractual terms of these investments do not permit the issuer to settle the securities at a price less than the par value of the investment. Because the Company does not intend to sell the investments and it is not more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the investments before recovery of their amortized cost bases, which may be maturity, the Company does not consider those investments to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2012.

Marketable Equity Securities

The unrealized losses on the Company’s investments in marketable equity securities were caused by interest rate fluctuations and general market conditions. The Company’s investments in marketable equity securities consist primarily of investments in common stock of companies in the financial services industry. The Company has analyzed its equity portfolio and determined that the market value fluctuation in these equity securities is not a cause for recognition of a current loss. Because the Company does not intend to sell the investments and it is not more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the investments before recovery of their cost bases, the Company does not consider those investments to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2012.

NOTE 4 — LOANS

Details regarding the Company’s loans are as follows:

 

December 31,

   2012      2011  

Loans secured by real estate:

     

Construction and land development

     

Residential real estate

   $ 3,231       $ 5,064   

Commercial real estate

     17,617         20,541   

Secured by 1-4 family residential properties:

     

Revolving, open-end loans

     29,947         30,897   

Secured by first liens

     194,324         214,198   

Secured by junior liens

     18,504         21,858   

Secured by multi-family properties

     15,906         9,626   

Secured by non-farm, non-residential properties

     199,879         188,334   

Commercial and industrial loans to U.S. addressees

     56,396         55,482   

Loans to individuals for household, familyand other personal expenditures:

     

Credit card and related plans

     3,199         3,242   

Other (installment and student loans, etc.)

     49,199         49,574   

Obligations of states & political subdivisions

     22,586         23,110   

All other loans

     12,742         9,596   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross Loans

     623,530         631,522   

Less: Unearned income on loans

     —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loans, net of unearned income

   $ 623,530       $ 631,522   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loans on which the accrual of interest has been discontinued or reduced amounted to $2,280, $3,166 and $4,034 at December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. If interest on those loans had been accrued, such income would have been $143, $227 and $219 for 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Interest income on those loans, which is recorded only when received, amounted to $0, $0 and $104 for 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Also, at December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Bank had loans totaling $457 and $774, respectively, which were past due 90 days or more and still accruing interest.

 

66


Table of Contents

The Company has not engaged in any sub-prime residential mortgage lending. Therefore, the Company is not subject to any credit risks associated with such loans. The Company’s loan portfolio consists of residential and commercial mortgage loans secured by properties primarily located in Northeastern Pennsylvania and subject to what the Company believes are conservative underwriting standards.

 

Age Analysis of Past Due Loans  
As of December 31, 2012  
                                               Recorded  
                                               Investment  
     30-59      60-89      Greater                           > 90 Days  
     Days      Days      Than 90      Total             Total      and  
     Past Due      Past Due      Days      Past Due      Current      Loans      Accruing  

Commercial

   $ 23       $ 49       $ 304       $ 376       $ 91,348       $ 91,724       $ —     

Commercial real estate:

                    

Commercial real estate - construction

     —           —           —           —           17,617         17,617         —     

Commercial real estate - other

     1,448         200         145         1,793         198,086         199,879         —     

Consumer:

                    

Consumer - credit card

     16         1         25         42         3,157         3,199         25   

Consumer - other

     74         86         10         170         5,694         5,864         1   

Consumer - auto

     212         17         11         240         31,944         32,184         8   

Student loans - TERI

     77         43         19         139         5,749         5,888         —     

Student loans - other

     119         123         180         422         4,841         5,263         180   

Residential:

                    

Residential - prime

     2,680         1,198         2,043         5,921         255,991         261,912         243   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 4,649       $ 1,717       $ 2,737       $ 9,103       $ 614,427       $ 623,530       $ 457   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
Age Analysis of Past Due Loans  
As of December 31, 2011  
                                               Recorded  
                                               Investment  
     30-59      60-89      Greater                           > 90 Days  
     Days      Days      Than 90      Total             Total      and  
     Past Due      Past Due      Days      Past Due      Current      Loans      Accruing  

Commercial

   $ 23       $ —         $ 477       $ 500       $ 87,688       $ 88,188       $ —     

Commercial real estate:

                    

Commercial real estate - construction

     —           —           —           —           20,541         20,541         —     

Commercial real estate - other

     331         —           602         933         187,401         188,334         11   

Consumer:

                    

Consumer - credit card

     34         11         6         51         3,191         3,242         6   

Consumer - other

     28         —           10         38         6,825         6,863         —     

Consumer - auto

     156         5         24         185         29,889         30,074         3   

Student loans - TERI

     14         62         61         137         6,117         6,254         —     

Student loans - other

     243         103         113         459         5,924         6,383         113   

Residential:

                    

Residential - prime

     2,429         1,155         2,647         6,231         275,412         281,643         641   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,258       $ 1,336       $ 3,940       $ 8,534       $ 622,988       $ 631,522       $ 774   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

67


Table of Contents

Credit Quality Indicators. As part of the on-going monitoring of the credit quality of the Bank’s loan portfolio, management tracks certain credit quality indicators including trends related to loan delinquency, the level of classified commercial loans, net charge-offs, non-performing loans and the general economic conditions in the Company’s market area.

The Bank utilizes a risk grading matrix to assign a risk grade to each of its commercial loans. Loans are graded on a scale of 1 to 8. A description of the general characteristics of the 8 risk grades is as follows:

Pass 1 (Minimal Risk - Cash equivalent or exceptional credit)

This classification includes loans which are fully secured by liquid collateral. Examples of such loans include: deposits, life insurance, certificates of deposit and securities.

The borrower demonstrates exceptional credit fundamentals, including stable and predictable profit margins and cash flows, strong liquidity and a conservative balance sheet with superior asset quality. Excellent cash flow coverage of existing and projected debt service. Historic and projected performance indicates borrower is able to meet obligations under almost any economic circumstances. The company has very good, professional management with an excellent track record and good depth in successor management.

Pass 2 (Average Risk)

This classification includes all loans which have no identifiable risk of collection and conform in all aspects to the Bank’s policies and procedures as well as federal and state regulations. Documentation exceptions must be minimal and in the process of correction and not of a type that could subsequently introduce loan loss risk.

Borrower generates sufficient cash flow to fund debt service and some working assets and/or capital expansion needs. Profitability and key balance sheet ratios are at or slightly above peers. Current trends are positive or stable. Earnings are level or above the last two years.

Management has average to good experience with similar business activities and markets. The present venture appears to be well within management’s capacity. Management has depth. Less formal but acceptable succession plan. Limited turnover in key positions.

The industry is relatively established and the borrower is well established within the industry. Over-capacity and competitive forces are consistent with normal business cycles.

Pass 3 (Acceptable Risk)

This classification includes loans with terms and conditions that may deviate from the Bank’s loan policy. Collateral marketability and margins may exceed policy. Significant administration may be required.

Borrower generates sufficient cash flow to fund debt service, but most working asset and all capital expansion needs are provided from external sources. Borrower is able to meet payments. Profitability ratios and key balance sheet ratios are usually close to peers but one or more ratios e.g. leverage may be higher than peer. Earnings may be trending down over the last three years. Borrower may be able to obtain similar financing from other banks with comparable or less favorable terms.

Some management weakness may be evident, primarily in lack of depth. Management may come from unrelated industries or have more limited but acceptable experience. Key management succession may not be clear.

Borrower generally has limited capacity for additional debt. The Borrower has modest but sufficient debt coverage. Loans are protected by collateral. Business may be adversely affected by deteriorating industry conditions, internal operations problems, pending litigation or declining collateral quality. Potential adverse conditions are manageable.

Industry may be transitional or historically volatile or may be trending down. Long-term outlook is acceptable. Firm may be established but not quite as strong or large as the average firm in the industry, or firm may be new in the industry.

Pass 4/Watch

This category can cover many different situations. A typical watch situation is one where a strong or moderately strong borrower suffers business reversals which are not long term but require attention.

The borrower has weaknesses resulting from performance trends or management concerns. The financial condition of the company has taken a negative turn and may be temporarily strained. Borrowers may exhibit excessive growth, declining earnings, strained cash flow, increasing leverage and/or weakening market position that indicate above average risk. Interim losses and/or adverse trends may occur, but not to the level that would affect the Bank’s position. Cash flow may be weak but minimally acceptable.

 

68


Table of Contents

Loans rated 4 are not considered criticized or classified assets. The rating is effective until the credit is strengthened or the relationship is moved out of the Bank. Therefore, the category does not include loans with undue or unwarranted credit risks that constitute identifiable weaknesses.

Criticized – Other Assets Especially Mentioned (Rated 5)

A “Criticized” (OAEM) classification includes loans which are fundamentally sound, but exhibit potential weaknesses which require corrective action to avoid any future credit risk. Close monitoring by the loan officer is warranted. Assets with this classification do not expose the Bank to sufficient risk to justify an adverse classification.

The following criteria are representative of a Criticized grade:

 

   

An inadequate loan agreement or an inability to obtain the necessary loan documents or financial statements.

 

   

Loans for which the loan agreement terms or covenants have been violated or waived.

 

   

Adverse economic and market conditions which, in the future, may affect the borrower’s repayment ability.

 

   

An adverse trend in the borrower’s financial condition that has not yet reached the point where the original payment terms are jeopardized.

 

   

A payment schedule which delays principal amortization.

 

   

Loans with collateral values where there is little margin between liquidation value and the amount of the loan commitment, or where the collateral has shown evidence of deterioration.

 

   

Loan officers must work closely with the borrower and explore alternate means to diminish risk. Loans classified OAEM should be considered candidates for management by the Asset Recovery Officer.

Classified – Substandard (Rated 6)

Classified assets include loans with well-defined weaknesses which are inadequately protected by current net worth, repayment capacity, or pledged collateral of the borrower. Loans are classified when they have one or more weaknesses that could jeopardize debt repayment and/or liquidation, primarily resulting in the possibility that the Bank may sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.

 

   

A substandard loan may exhibit one or more of the following conditions:

 

   

Borrower is unable to generate enough cash flow for debt reduction.

 

   

Primary source of repayment is impaired or no longer available, and the Bank is relying upon the secondary source.

 

   

Loss does not seem likely, but sufficient problems have arisen to cause the Bank to go to abnormal lengths to protect its position in order to maintain a high probability of repayment.

 

   

Deterioration in the condition of the collateral or inadequate inspection or verification of value.

 

   

Documentation flaws leaving the Bank in a subordinated or unsecured position.

 

   

All substandard loans should be managed by the Asset Recovery Officer.

Doubtful (Rated 7)

An asset classified Doubtful has all weaknesses inherent in the substandard category where collection or liquidation in full is highly questionable and improbable. The possibility of loss is extremely high, but because of certain important and reasonably specific pending factors that may work to the advantage and strengthening of the asset, its classification as an estimated loss is deferred until its more exact status may be determined. Pending factors include proposed merger, acquisition, liquidation proceedings, capital injection, perfecting liens on additional collateral, and business restructure plans.

 

69


Table of Contents

The Bank considers Doubtful to be a temporary classification and will only classify an asset, or portion of an asset, as such when the information is not available to conclude as to classification or more clearly define the potential for loss. All loans classified as Doubtful should be placed on non-accrual status and assigned to the Asset Recovery Officer for supervision.

Loss (Rated 8)

An asset classified Loss is considered uncollectible and of such little value that its continuance as a bankable asset is not warranted. This classification does not mean that the asset has absolutely no recovery or salvage value, but rather it is not practical or desirable to defer writing off this basically worthless asset even though partial recovery may be affected in the future. All losses should be recognized in the quarter in which they are identified. These loans are to be managed by the Asset Recovery Officer.

Credit Quality Indicators as of December 31, 2012

Commercial Credit Exposure

Credit Risk Profile by Creditworthiness Category

 

            Commercial      Commercial  
            Real Estate -      Real Estate -  
     Commercial      Construction      Other  

Pass/Watch

   $ 90,128       $ 17,399       $ 187,114   

Criticized

     876         218         6,222   

Substandard

     720         —           6,543   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 91,724       $ 17,617       $ 199,879   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Consumer Credit Exposure

Credit Risk Profile by Payment Activity

 

                                 Student      Student  
     Residential      Consumer -      Consumer -      Consumer -      Loans -      Loans -  
     Real Estate      Credit Card      Other      Auto      TERI      Other  

Performing

   $ 259,869       $ 3,174       $ 5,854       $ 32,173       $ 5,869       $ 5,083   

Non-performing

     2,043         25         10         11         19         180   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 261,912       $ 3,199       $ 5,864       $ 32,184       $ 5,888       $ 5,263   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Credit Quality Indicators as of December 31, 2011

Commercial Credit Exposure

Credit Risk Profile by Creditworthiness Category

 

            Commercial      Commercial  
            Real Estate -      Real Estate -  
     Commercial      Construction      Other  

Pass/Watch

   $ 84,431       $ 18,036       $ 172,072   

Criticized

     2,790         2,505         7,811   

Substandard

     967         —           8,451   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 88,188       $ 20,541       $ 188,334   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Consumer Credit Exposure

Credit Risk Profile by Payment Activity

 

                                 Student      Student  
     Residential      Consumer -      Consumer -      Consumer -      Loans -      Loans -  
     Real Estate      Credit Card      Other      Auto      TERI      Other  

Performing

   $ 278,996       $ 3,236       $ 6,853       $ 30,050       $ 6,193       $ 6,270   

Non-performing

     2,647         6         10         24         61         113   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 281,643       $ 3,242       $ 6,863       $ 30,074       $ 6,254       $ 6,383   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

70


Table of Contents

Impaired Loans. Loans are considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due in accordance with the original contractual terms of the loan agreement, including scheduled principal and interest payments. If a loan is impaired, a specific valuation allowance is allocated, if necessary, so that the loan is reported net, at the present value of estimated future cash flows using the loan’s existing rate or at the fair value of collateral if repayment is expected solely from the collateral. Interest payments on impaired loans are typically applied to principal unless collectability of the principal amount is reasonably assured, in which case interest is recognized on a cash basis. Impaired loans, or portions thereof, are charged off when deemed uncollectible.

Impaired Loans

For the Year Ended December 31, 2012

 

            Unpaid             Average      Interest  
     Recorded      Principal      Related      Recorded      Income  
     Investment      Balance      Allowance      Investment      Recognized  

With no related allowance recorded:

              

Commercial real estate

   $ 145       $ 145       $ —         $ 201       $  —     

Commercial

     304         304         —           152         —     

Consumer – TERI

     19         19         —           48         —     

Consumer – other

     9         9         —           5         —     

Consumer – auto

     3         3         —           15         —     

Residential real estate

     928         928         —           1,152         —     

With an allowance recorded:

              

Commercial real estate – construction

     —           —           —           —           —     

Commercial real estate – other

     2,015         2,015         550         2,104         114   

Commercial

     351         351         351         351         17   

Residential real estate

     1,497         1,497         325         1,040         44   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total:

   $ 5,271       $ 5,271       $ 1,226       $ 5,068       $ 175   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commercial real estate

   $ 2,160       $ 2,160       $ 550       $ 2,305       $ 114   

Commercial

   $ 655       $ 655       $ 351       $ 503       $ 17   

Consumer

   $ 31       $ 31       $ —         $ 68       $ —     

Residential real estate

   $ 2,425       $ 2,425       $ 325       $ 2,192       $ 44   

 

71


Table of Contents

Impaired Loans

For the Year Ended December 31, 2011

 

            Unpaid             Average      Interest  
     Recorded      Principal      Related      Recorded      Income  
     Investment      Balance      Allowance      Investment      Recognized  

With no related allowance recorded:

              

Commercial real estate

   $ 591       $ 591       $ —         $ 390       $ —     

Commercial

     —           —           —           —           —     

Consumer – TERI

     61         61         —           65         —     

Consumer – other

     10         10         —           10         —     

Consumer – auto

     21         21         —           32         —     

Residential real estate

     806         806         —           1,081         —     

With an allowance recorded:

              

Commercial real estate – construction

     —           —           —           —           —     

Commercial real estate – other

     —           —           —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commercial

     845         845         443         1,000         28   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Residential real estate

     1,200         1,200         215         1,057         —     

Total:

   $ 3,534       $ 3,534       $ 658       $ 3,635       $ 28   

Commercial real estate

   $ 591       $ 591       $  —         $ 390       $  —     

Commercial

   $ 845       $ 845       $ 443       $ 1,000       $ 28   

Consumer

   $ 92       $ 92       $ —         $ 107       $ —     

Residential real estate

   $ 2,006       $ 2,006       $ 215       $ 2,138       $ —     

Non-Accrual and Past Due Loans. Loans are considered past due if the required principal and interest payments have not been received as of the date such payments were due. Loans are placed on non-accrual status when, in management’s opinion, the borrower may be unable to meet payment obligations as they become due, as well as when required by regulatory provisions. Loans may be placed on non-accrual status regardless of whether or not such loans are considered past due. When interest accrual is discontinued, all unpaid accrued interest income is reversed. Interest income is subsequently recognized only to the extent cash payments are received in excess of principal due. Loans are returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured with the minimum of a six month positive payment history.

Year-end non-accrual loans, segregated by class of loans, were as follows:

 

December 31,

   2012      2011  

Commercial

   $ 304       $ 477   

Commercial real estate:

     

Commercial real estate construction

     —           —     

Commercial real estate – other

     145         591   

Consumer:

     

Student loans – TERI

     19         61   

Student loans – other

     —           —     

Consumer – other

     9         10   

Consumer – auto

     3         21   

Residential:

     

Residential real estate

     1,800         2,006   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,280       $ 3,166   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

72


Table of Contents

The Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses and Recorded Investment in Loans for the year ended December 31, 2012 is as follows:

 

           Commercial                 Credit               
     Commercial     Real Estate     Consumer     Residential     Card     Unallocated      Total  

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses:

               

Beginning balance 12/31/11

   $ 793      $ 2,294      $ 450      $ 2,855      $ 319      $  —         $ 6,711   

Charge-offs

     (78     (33     (235     (431     (40     —           (817

Recoveries

     1        6        57        67        1        —           132   

Provision

     83        37        268        490        46        —           924   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending balance 12/31/12

   $ 799      $ 2,304      $ 540      $ 2,981      $ 326      $ —         $ 6,950   

Ending balance: Individually evaluated for impairment

     351        550        —          325        —          —           1,226   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending balance: Collectively evaluated for impairment

   $ 448      $ 1,754      $ 540      $ 2,656      $ 326      $ —         $ 5,724   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending balance: Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality

   $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —         $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loans:

               

Ending balance

   $ 91,724      $ 217,496      $ 49,199      $ 261,912      $ 3,199      $ —         $ 623,530   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending balance:

               

Individually evaluated for impairment

     655        2,160        31        2,425        —          —           5,271   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending balance: Collectively evaluated for impairment

   $ 91,069      $ 215,336      $ 49,168      $ 259,487      $ 3,199      $ —         $ 618,259   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending balance: Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality

   $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —         $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

73


Table of Contents

The Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses and Recorded Investment in Loans for the year ended December 31, 2011 is as follows:

 

           Commercial                 Credit               
     Commercial     Real Estate     Consumer     Residential     Card     Unallocated      Total  

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses:

               

Beginning balance 12/31/10

   $ 1,957      $ 2,067      $ 1,380      $ 753      $ 343      $  —         $ 6,500   

Charge-offs

     (100     (663     (153     (1,275     (109     —           (2,300

Recoveries

     3        18        45        58        6        —           130   

Provision

     (1,067     872        (822     3,319        79        —           2,381   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending balance 12/31/11

   $ 793      $ 2,294      $ 450      $ 2,855      $ 319      $ —         $ 6,711   

Ending balance: Individually evaluated for impairment

     443        —          —          215        —          —           658   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending balance: Collectively evaluated for impairment

   $ 350      $ 2,294      $ 450      $ 2,640      $ 319      $ —         $ 6,053   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending balance: Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality

   $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —         $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loans:

               

Ending balance

   $ 88,188      $ 208,875      $ 49,574      $ 281,643      $ 3,242      $ —         $ 631,522   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending balance:

               

Individually evaluated for impairment

     845        591        92        2,006        —          —           3,534   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending balance: Collectively evaluated for impairment

   $ 87,343      $ 208,284      $ 49,482      $ 279,637      $ 3,242      $ —         $ 627,988   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending balance: Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality

   $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —         $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company had one commercial loan whose terms had been modified in a troubled debt restructuring as of December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011; monthly payments were lowered to accommodate the borrower’s financial needs for a period of time.

Modification

December 31, 2012

 

            Pre-Modification      Post-Modification  
     Number of      Outstanding Recorded      Outstanding Recorded  
     Contracts      Investment      Investment  

Troubled Debt Restructurings

        

Commercial

     1       $ 808       $ 351   

There were no troubled debt restructurings that subsequently defaulted during the year ended December 31, 2012.

Modification

December 31, 2011

 

            Pre-Modification      Post-Modification  
     Number of      Outstanding Recorded      Outstanding Recorded  
     Contracts      Investment      Investment  

Troubled Debt Restructurings

        

Commercial

     1       $ 808       $ 368   

 

74


Table of Contents

The loan classified as a Troubled Debt Restructuring (TDR), was charged down during 2010 to a balance of $401 and the entire pre-modification balance was split into two notes. The customer is currently paying principal and interest on one note and interest only on the other note. Nonetheless, the loan is fully reserved based on management’s evaluation of both the customer’s ability to maintain their cash flow and the value of the underlying collateral.

Changes in the credit fair value adjustment on specific loans purchased for the year ended December 31, 2012 are as follows:

 

           Credit        
     Carrying     Fair Value     Net  
     Value     Adjustment     Amount  

Commercial Loans:

      

Balance, December 31, 2011

   $ 211      $ 211      $ —     

Charge-offs

     —          —          —     

Loans transferred to other real estate owned

     —          —          —     

Payments

     (211     (211     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2012

   $ —        $ —        $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Changes in the credit fair value adjustment on specific loans purchased for the year ended December 31, 2011 are as follows:

 

           Credit        
     Carrying     Fair Value     Net  
     Value     Adjustment     Amount  

Commercial Loans:

      

Balance, December 31, 2010

   $ 229      $ 229      $ —     

Charge-offs

     —          —          —     

Loans transferred to other real estate owned

     —          —          —     

Payments

     (18     (18     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2011

   $ 211      $ 211      $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NOTE 5 — ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES

The allowance for loan and lease losses is a reserve established through a provision for loan and lease losses charged to expense, and which represents management’s best estimate of probable losses that have been incurred within the existing portfolio of loans. The Company’s allowance for loan and lease loss methodology includes allowance allocations calculated in accordance with ASC Topic 310, “Receivables” and allowance allocations calculated in accordance with ASC Topic 450, “Contingencies.” Accordingly, the methodology is based on historical loss experience by type of credit and internal risk grade, specific homogeneous risk pools and specific loss allocations, with adjustments for current events and conditions. The Company’s process for determining the appropriate level of the allowance for loan and lease losses is designed to account for credit deterioration as it occurs. The provision for loan and lease losses reflects loan quality trends, including the levels of and trends related to non-accrual loans, past due loans, potential problem loans, criticized loans and net charge-offs or recoveries, among other factors. The provision for loan and lease losses also reflects the totality of actions taken on all loans for a particular period. In other words, the amount of the provision reflects not only the necessary increases in the allowance for loan and lease losses related to newly identified criticized loans, but it also reflects actions taken related to other loans including, among other things, any necessary increases or decreases in required allowances for specific loans or loan pools.

 

75


Table of Contents

Changes in the allowance for loan and lease losses are as follows:

 

Years Ended December 31,

   2012     2011     2010  

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 6,711      $ 6,500      $ 6,300   

Charge-offs:

      

Residential real estate mortgages

     431        1,275        213   

Commercial real estate

     33        663        584   

Commercial loans

     78        100        554   

Credit card and related plans

     40        109        97   

Installment loans

     235        153        390   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total charge-offs

     817        2,300        1,838   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Recoveries:

      

Residential real estate mortgages

     67        58        19   

Commercial real estate

     6        18        1   

Commercial loans

     1        3        —     

Credit card and related plans

     1        6        3   

Installment loans

     57        45        16   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total recoveries

     132        130        39   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net charge-offs

     685        2,170        1,799   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision charged to operations

     924        2,381        1,999   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at End of Year

   $ 6,950      $ 6,711      $ 6,500   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ratio of net charge-offs to average outstanding loans

     0.11     0.35     0.30
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

A comparison of the provision for loan and lease losses for Financial Statement purposes with the allowable bad debt deduction for tax purposes is as follows:

 

Years Ended December 31,

   Book Provision      Tax Deduction  

2012

   $ 924       $ 456   

2011

   $ 2,381       $ 1,999   

2010

   $ 1,999       $ 1,685   

The balance of the reserve for bad debts as reported for Federal income tax purposes was $0, $229 and $400 at December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

NOTE 6 — LOAN SERVICING

The Company generally retains the right to service mortgage loans sold to third parties. The value allocated to the mortgage servicing rights retained has been recognized as a separate asset within other assets and is amortized in proportion to and over the period of estimated net servicing income.

The Company services $113,340 in mortgage loans for Freddie Mac which are not included in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Custodial escrow balances maintained in connection with the foregoing loan servicing, and included in deposits, were approximately $303 and $374 at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The balance of the servicing rights was $491 and $388 at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, net of amortization.

The Company has recorded new mortgage servicing rights of $254 and $187 at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Amortization expense of $147 and $92 was recorded for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Mortgage servicing rights are evaluated for impairment based on the fair value of those rights. Fair values are estimated using discounted cash flows based on current market rates of interest and expected future prepayment rates. For purposes of measuring impairment, the rights must be stratified by one or more predominant risk characteristics of the underlying loans. The Company stratifies its capitalized mortgage servicing rights based on the product type, interest rate and term of the underlying loans. The amount of impairment recognized is the amount, if any, by which the amortized value of the rights for each stratum exceeds the fair value.

 

76


Table of Contents

There was no allowance for impairment recorded at December 31, 2012 or 2011.

NOTE 7 — BANK PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

 

December 31,

   2012      2011  

Land

   $ 4,503       $ 3,581   

Buildings and improvements

     20,863         19,309   

Furniture and equipment

     17,806         17,385   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     43,172         40,275   

Less: Accumulated depreciation

     28,035         27,180   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net Bank Premises and Equipment

   $ 15,137       $ 13,095   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Buildings and improvements are being depreciated over 10 to 39.5 year periods and equipment over 3 to 10 year periods. Depreciation expense amounted to $855 in 2012, $1,050 in 2011 and $1,088 in 2010.

Occupancy expenses were reduced by rental income received in the amount of $42, $108 and $187 in the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

NOTE 8 — OTHER REAL ESTATE OWNED

Real estate acquired through foreclosure is recorded at the lower of cost or market at the time of acquisition. Any subsequent write-downs are charged against operating expenses. The other real estate owned was $656 and $1,571 as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

NOTE 9 — INVESTMENT IN AND LOAN TO, INCOME FROM DIVIDENDS AND EQUITY IN EARNINGS OR LOSSES OF SUBSIDIARY

Penseco Realty, Inc. is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Bank which owns certain banking premises. Selected financial information is presented below:

 

Year

   Percent
of voting
stock
owned
    Total
investment
and loan
     Equity in
underlying
net assets at
balance
sheet date
     Amount
of
dividends
     Bank’s
proportionate
part of loss for
the period
 

2012

     100   $ 3,250       $ 3,234         None       $ —     

2011

     100   $ 3,250       $ 3,234         None       $ —     

2010

     100   $ 3,250       $ 3,234         None       $ —     

NOTE 10 — GOODWILL

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the underlying fair value of merged entities. Goodwill is assessed for impairment at least annually and as triggering events occur. In making this assessment, management considers a number of factors including, but not limited to, operating results, business plans, economic projections, anticipated future cash flows, and current market data. There are inherent uncertainties related to these factors and management’s judgment in applying them to the analysis of goodwill impairment. Changes in economic and operating conditions, as well as other factors, could result in goodwill impairment in future periods. Management has determined that the carrying value of Goodwill was not impaired at December 31, 2012 or December 31, 2011.

NOTE 11 — CASH SURRENDER VALUE OF LIFE INSURANCE

The Company has purchased bank-owned life insurance (BOLI) policies on certain officers. The value of such policies totaled $17,616 and $15,870 at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

77


Table of Contents

The policies are split-dollar life insurance policies which provide for the Company to receive the cash value of the policy and to split the residual proceeds with the officer’s designated beneficiary upon the death of the insured, while the officer is employed at the Company. The majority of the residual proceeds are retained by the Company per the individual agreements with the insured officers.

NOTE 12 — FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK STOCK

Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh (FHLB) stock is a required investment in order for the Company to participate in a FHLB line of credit program. The Company held FHLB stock of $4,212, $4,953 and $6,082 at December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The FHLB stock is stated at par value as it is restricted to purchases and sales with the FHLB.

NOTE 13 — OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Intangible assets include the premium assigned to the core deposit relationships acquired in connection with our acquisition of Old Forge Bank in 2009. The core deposit intangible is being amortized over ten years from the date of acquisition on a sum-of-the-years-digits basis. Amortization expense is expected to be as follows:

 

2013

   $ 230   

2014

     193   

2015

     157   

2016

     120   

2017

     83   

Thereafter

     55   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 838   
  

 

 

 

NOTE 14 — DEPOSITS

 

December 31,

   2012      2011  

Demand – Non-interest bearing

   $ 151,121       $ 134,799   

Demand – Interest bearing

     102,722         85,111   

Savings

     126,618         120,269   

Money markets

     166,273         165,611   

Time – Over $100,000

     81,855         84,828   

Time – Other

     93,359         129,900   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Deposits

   $ 721,948       $ 720,518   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Scheduled maturities of time deposits are as follows:

 

2013

   $ 112,574   

2014

     31,858   

2015

     9,680   

2016

     14,598   

2017

     5,517   

Thereafter

     987   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 175,214   
  

 

 

 

NOTE 15 — OTHER BORROWED FUNDS

At December 31, 2012 and 2011, other borrowed funds consisted of demand notes to the U.S. Treasury, Federal Reserve Bank overnight borrowings, Federal Home Loan Bank overnight borrowings and repurchase agreements.

Short-term borrowings generally have original maturity dates of thirty days or less.

Investment securities with amortized costs and fair values of $17,608 and $18,400, respectively, at December 31, 2012 and $22,792 and $24,003, respectively, at December 31, 2011, were pledged to secure repurchase agreements.

 

78


Table of Contents

 

Year Ended December 31,

   2012     2011  

Amount outstanding at year end

   $ 8,019      $ 9,981   

Average interest rate at year end

     0.10     0.10

Maximum amount outstanding at any month end

   $ 21,905      $ 29,184   

Average amount outstanding

   $ 11,484      $ 20,845   

Weighted average interest rate during the year

    

Federal funds purchased

     —          —     

Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings

     0.36     0.69

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     0.33     0.40

Demand notes to U.S. Treasury

     —          —     

The Company has an available credit facility with the Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia in the amount of $12,180, secured by pledged securities with amortized costs and fair values of $12,136 and $12,660, respectively, at December 31, 2012 and $15,751 and $16,479, respectively, at December 31, 2011 and with interest rates of .25% at December 31, 2012 and .25% at December 31, 2011. There is no stated expiration date for the credit facility as long as the Company maintains the pledged securities at the Federal Reserve Bank. There was no outstanding balance as of December 31, 2012 and 2011.

The Company has a $32,187 Borrower in Custody (BIC) line of credit with the Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia, secured by commercial loans with an outstanding principal of $42,410 and a collateral value of $32,187 at December 31, 2012. There was no outstanding balance as of December 31, 2012 and 2011.

The Company has the availability of a $5,000 overnight Federal funds line of credit with Atlantic Central Bankers Bank, as well as, a $5,000 overnight Federal funds line of credit with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association and a $19,000 overnight Federal funds line with PNC Bank, National Association. There was no balance outstanding under any of these lines as of December 31, 2012 and 2011.

The Company maintains a collateralized maximum borrowing capacity of $229,397 with the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh. There was a balance of $45,397 outstanding as of December 31, 2012.

NOTE 16 — LONG-TERM DEBT

The Company has established credit facilities with the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh, which are secured by all of the Company’s assets. Additionally, in connection with the credit facilities, the Company has agreed to maintain sufficient qualifying collateral to fully secure the borrowings below.

A summary of long-term debt, including amortizing principal and interest payments, at December 31, 2012 is as follows:

 

Monthly Installment

   Fixed Rate     Floating Rate     Maturity Date      Balance  

Amortizing loans

         

$    90

     3.10       02/28/13       $ 179   

    430

     3.74       03/13/13         1,282   

      18

     2.66       08/28/14         348   

      67

     3.44       03/02/15         1,678   

      13

     3.48       03/31/15         348   

      10

     3.83       04/02/18         581   

    186

     4.69       03/13/23         18,181   
         

 

 

 

Total amortizing

            22,597   
         

 

 

 

Non-amortizing loans

         
     3.49       02/28/13         7,000   
     2.36       09/22/17         6,500   
       1.88     12/02/19         3,000   
       1.52     12/19/19         6,300   
         

 

 

 

Total non-amortizing

            22,800   
         

 

 

 

Total long-term debt

          $ 45,397   
         

 

 

 

 

79


Table of Contents

Aggregate maturities of long-term debt at December 31, 2012 are as follows:

 

December 31,

   Principal  

2013

   $ 11,094   

2014

     2,670   

2015

     1,836   

2016

     1,740   

2017

     8,323   

Thereafter

     19,734   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 45,397   
  

 

 

 

NOTE 17 — BENEFIT PLANS

The Company provides an Employee Stock Ownership Plan (ESOP), a Retirement Profit Sharing 401(k) Plan, an Employees’ Pension Plan (currently frozen), an unfunded supplemental executive defined benefit plan (currently frozen), a supplemental executive defined contribution plan, non-qualified supplemental executive retirement plans (SERP), a Postretirement Life Insurance Plan, a Stock Appreciation Rights Plan (SAR), and a Long-Term Incentive Plan.

Under the ESOP, amounts voted by our board of directors are paid into the ESOP and each employee is credited with a share in proportion to their annual compensation. All contributions to the ESOP are invested in or will be invested primarily in Company stock. Distribution of a participant’s ESOP account occurs upon retirement, death or termination in accordance with the plan provisions.

At December 31, 2012 and 2011, the ESOP held 75,259 and 76,313 shares, respectively, of the Company’s stock, all of which were allocated to specific participant accounts. These shares are treated the same for dividend purposes and earnings per share calculations as are any other outstanding shares of the Company’s stock. The Company contributed $105, $0 and $90 to the ESOP plan during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Under the Retirement Profit Sharing Plan, amounts approved by the board of directors have been paid into a fund and each employee was credited with a share in proportion to their annual compensation. Upon retirement, death or termination, each employee is paid the total amount of their credits in the fund in one of a number of optional ways in accordance with the plan provisions. Effective July 1, 2008, the Retirement Profit Sharing Plan became a 401(k) Deferred Compensation and Profit Sharing Plan for eligible employees. Eligible employees may elect deferrals of up to the maximum amounts permitted by law. The Bank’s contributions included a Safe Harbor contribution of $306, $284 and $278, during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively, and a discretionary match of $221, $209 and $207 during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively, equal to one-half of employee deferrals, up to a maximum match of 3%.

Under the Employees’ Pension Plan (currently under curtailment), amounts computed on an actuarial basis were being paid by the Company into a trust fund. The plan provided for fixed benefits payable for life upon retirement at the age of 65, based on length of service and compensation levels as defined in the plan. As of June 22, 2008 no further benefits are being accrued in this plan. Plan assets of the trust fund are invested and administered by the Trust Department of Penn Security Bank and Trust Company.

The Unfunded Supplemental Executive Pension Plan (currently under curtailment) provided certain officers with additional retirement benefits to replace benefits lost due to limits imposed on qualified plans by Federal tax law. Benefits under this plan were actuarially computed and recorded as a liability. As of June 22, 2008 no further benefits are being accrued in this plan. Effective July 1, 2008, the Company established an Unfunded Supplemental Executive Defined Contribution Plan to replace 401(k) plan benefits lost due to compensation limits imposed on qualified plans by Federal tax law. The annual benefit is a maximum of 6% of the executive compensation in excess of Federal limits.

The Postretirement Life Insurance Plan is an unfunded, non-vesting defined benefit plan. The plan is non-contributory and provides for a reducing level of term life insurance coverage following retirement. Annual expense amounts are calculated on an actuarial basis and are recorded as a liability.

The Company has SERPs for the benefit of certain officers of the Company. At December 31, 2012 and 2011, other liabilities include $213 and $263 accrued under the Plans.

 

80


Table of Contents

Compensation expense includes approximately $77, $34 and $39 relating to these supplemental executive retirement plans for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

 

     Pension Benefits          Other Benefits  

December 31,

   2012     2011          2012     2011*  

Change in benefit obligation:

           

Benefit obligation, beginning

   $ 14,450      $ 12,995         $ 3,004      $ 2,581   

Service cost

     —          —             48        43   

Interest cost

     673        700           139        147   

Amendments

     —          —             —          —     

Change in experience

     88        33           4        51   

Change in assumptions

     978        1,316           145        201   

Actuarial (gain) loss

     —          —             —          2   

Benefits paid

     (683     (594        (147     (21
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

 

Benefit obligation, ending

     15,506        14,450           3,193        3,004   
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in plan assets:

           

Fair value of plan assets, beginning

     11,026        10,923           —          —     

Actual return on plan assets

     637        697           —          —     

Employer contributions

     363        —             —          —     

Benefits paid

     (683     (594        —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets, ending

     11,343        11,026           —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

 

Funded status at end of year

   $ (4,163   $ (3,424      $ (3,193   $ (3,004
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amounts recognized in the balance sheet consist of:

 

 
      Pension Benefits          Other Benefits  

December 31,

   2012     2011          2012     2011*  

Non Current Assets

   $ 1,415      $ 1,164         $ 997      $ 993   

Non Current Liabilities

   $ 4,163      $ 3,424         $ 3,193      $ 3,004   

Amounts recognized in the accumulated other comprehensive income consist of:

 

  

Prior service costs

   $ —        $ —           $  —        $ 1   

Net actuarial loss (gain)

     739        1,351           185        148   

Deferred taxes

     (251     (459        (63     (53
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net amount recognized

   $ 488      $ 892         $ 122      $ 96   
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accumulated benefit obligation for all defined benefit pension plans was $15,506 and $14,450 at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Information for pension plans with an accumulated benefit obligation in excess of plan assets is as follows:

 

     Pension Benefits  
     2012      2011  

Projected benefit obligation

   $ 5       $ 5   

Accumulated benefit obligation

     5         5   

Fair value of plan assets

     —           —     

 

81


Table of Contents

Components of net periodic pension cost and other amounts recognized in other comprehensive income:

 

     Pension Benefits  

Years Ended December 31,

   2012     2011     2010  

Net periodic pension cost:

      

Service cost

   $ —        $ —        $ —     

Interest cost

     673        700        709   

Expected return on plan assets

     (809     (903     (880

Amortization of prior service cost

     —          —          —     

Amortization of unrecognized net loss

     136        82        57   

Curtailment loss

     —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net periodic pension cost

   $ —        $ (121   $ (114
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in other comprehensive income:

      

Net loss (gain)

     739        1,351        734   

Prior service cost

     —          —          —     

Deferred tax

     (251     (459     (250
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total recognized in other comprehensive income

     488        892        484   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total recognized in net period pension cost and other comprehensive income

   $ 488      $ 771      $ 370   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     Other Benefits  

Years Ended December 31,

   2012     2011*     2010*  

Components of net periodic pension cost:

      

Service cost

   $ 48      $ 43      $ 36   

Interest cost

     139        147        137   

Amortization of prior service cost

     —          7        6   

Amortization of unrecognized net gain

     111        105        93   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net periodic other benefit cost

     298        302        272   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in other comprehensive income:

      

Net loss (gain)

     185        148        (140

Prior service cost

     —          8        42   

Amortization of prior service cost

     —          (7     (7

Deferred tax

     (63     (53     50   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total recognized in other comprehensive income

     122        96        (55
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total recognized in net period pension cost and other comprehensive income

   $ 420      $ 398      $ 217   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The estimated net loss for the defined benefit pension plans that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income into net periodic benefit cost over the next fiscal year is $129. The estimated net loss for the defined benefit postretirement plan that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income into net periodic cost over the next fiscal year is $5.

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations were as follows:

 

      Pension Benefits     Other Benefits  

December 31,

   2012     2011     2012     2011  

Discount rate

     4.25     4.75     4.25     4.75

Expected long-term return on plan assets

     7.50     8.50     —          —     

Rate of compensation increase

     —          —          3.00     3.50

 

82


Table of Contents

The expected long-term return on plan assets was determined using average historical returns of the Company’s plan assets.

The Company’s pension plan weighted-average asset allocations at December 31, 2012 and 2011, by asset category are as follows:

 

Plan Assets at December 31,

   2012     2011  

Asset Category

    

Equity securities

     56.2     54.7

Corporate bonds

     18.9        21.1   

U.S. Government securities

     21.2        22.7   

Cash and cash equivalents

     3.7        1.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     100.0     100.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurement at December 31, 2012

 

Asset Category

   Total      Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level I)
     Significant
Observable
Inputs
(Level II)
     Significant
Observable
Inputs
(Level III)
 

Cash

   $ 419       $ 419       $ —          $  —     

Equity securities:

           

U.S. large cap

     6,068         6,068         —            —      

International

     307         307         —            —      

Fixed income securities:

           

U.S. Treasuries

     1,024         —           1,024         —      

U.S. Government Agencies

     1,380         —           1,380         —      

Corporate bonds

     2,145         —           2,145         —      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 11,343       $ 6,794       $ 4,549       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company investment policies and strategies include:

1.) The Trust and Investment Division’s equity philosophy is Large-Cap Core with a value bias. We invest in individual high-grade common stocks that are selected from our approved list.

2.) Diversification is maintained by having no more than 20% in any industry sector and no individual equity representing more than 10% of the portfolio.

3.) The fixed income style is conservative but also responsive to the various needs of our individual clients. For our “Fixed Income” securities, we buy U.S. Government Agencies or high-grade Corporates rated “A” or better. The Company targets the following allocation percentages: cash equivalents 10%, fixed income 40% and equities 50%.

There is no Company stock included in equity securities at December 31, 2012 or 2011.

Contributions

The Company expects to contribute $167 to the Employees’ Pension Plan in 2013. The Company expects to contribute $295 to its Postretirement Life Insurance Plan in 2013.

Estimated Future Benefit Payments

The following benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are expected to be paid in the next five years and in the aggregate for the five years thereafter:

 

     Pension Benefits      Other Benefits  

2013

   $ 725       $ 160   

2014

     733         181   

2015

     783         195   

2016

     794         211   

2017

     808         237   

2018-2022

     4,387         1,265   

 

83


Table of Contents

NOTE 18 — STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS AND STOCK AWARDS

The Company granted 10,000 stock appreciation rights (SARs) to an executive on January 3, 2006 at a strike price of $43.00 per share. The rights were fully vested as of January 2, 2011 and are expected to be settled in cash when exercised. The current assumptions in calculating the vesting rights fair value used an expected volatility of 14.55%, expected annual dividend yield of 4.54%, a risk-free interest rate of 0.72%, and an expected term of 0.5 years. The Company also granted 8,500 SARs to an executive on February 29, 2008 at a strike price of $37.50 per share. The rights vest on a straight-line basis over a five year period and are expected to be settled in cash when exercised. The grant date fair value was computed assuming expected volatility of 22.21%, expected annual dividend yield of 4.00%, a risk-free interest rate of 3.53%, and expected term of 7.50 years. The Company calculates the value of the vested rights using the Black-Scholes method and has recorded an expense of $2 in 2012 and $(2) in 2011.

Under the 2008 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “2008 plan”), the Compensation Committee of the board of directors has broad authority with respect to awards granted under the 2008 plan, including, without limitation, the authority to:

 

   

Designate the individuals eligible to receive awards under the 2008 plan.

 

   

Determine the size, type and date of grant for individual awards, provided that awards approved by the Committee are not effective unless and until ratified by the board of directors.

 

   

Interpret the 2008 plan and award agreements issued with respect to individual participants.

Persons eligible to receive awards under the 2008 Plan include directors, officers, employees, consultants and other service providers of the Company and its subsidiaries, except that incentive stock option may be granted only to individuals who are employees on the date of grant.

There are 107,400 shares of the Company’s common stock available for grant as awards pursuant to the 2008 plan, including existing awards.

The 2008 plan authorizes grants of stock options, stock appreciation rights, dividend equivalents, performance awards, restricted stock and restricted stock units. There were awards of restricted stock in the amount of $300, $55 and $0, during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

 

     Restricted Stock  

Nonvested shares

   Number
of
Shares
     Weighted-
Average
Grant-Date
Fair Value
 

Nonvested, January 1, 2012

     —         $ —     

Granted

     7,731         38.80   

Vested

     —           —     

Forfeited

     —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Nonvested, December 31, 2012

     7,731       $ 38.80   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Restricted stock granted to officers vest after five years. The weighted average period over which these expenses will be recognized is approximately five years.

The Company began to expense the fair value of all-share based compensation over the requisite service periods commencing at grant date. The fair value of restricted stock is expensed on a straight-line basis. The Company classifies share-based compensation for employees within “salaries and employee benefits” on the Consolidated Statements of Income.

The Company recognized $40 of compensation expense for stock awards granted in the year ended December 31, 2012. As of December 31, 2012, the Company had $260 of unrecognized compensation expense associated with restricted stock awards.

 

84


Table of Contents

NOTE 19 — INCOME TAXES

The total income taxes in the Statements of Income are as follows:

 

Years Ended December 31,

   2012      2011*      2010*  

Currently payable

   $ 2,705       $ 2,817       $ 2,630   

Deferred provision

     353         217         657   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,058       $ 3,034       $ 3,287   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

A reconciliation of income taxes at statutory rates to applicable income taxes reported in the Statements of Income is as follows:

 

Years Ended December 31,

   2012     2011*     2010*  

Tax at statutory rate

   $ 4,640      $ 4,612      $ 5,050   

Reduction for non-taxable interest

     (1,649     (1,717     (1,886

Other additions

     67        139        123   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Applicable Income Taxes

   $ 3,058      $ 3,034      $ 3,287   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The components of the deferred income tax provision, which result from temporary differences, are as follows:

 

Years Ended December 31,

   2012     2011*     2010*  

Accretion of discount on bonds

   $ 21      $ 19      $ 9   

Pension expense

     123        —          —     

Accelerated depreciation

     (20     59        (51

Supplemental benefit plans

     17        (27     (8

Allowance for loan and lease losses

     (159     (130     (107

Purchase accounting accretion, net

     276        496        794   

Other-than-temporary impairment loss

     24        10        103   

Alternative minimum tax

     172        (90     (3

Post-retirement benefits

     (101     (120     (80
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 353      $ 217      $ 657   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The significant components of deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

 

December 31,

   2012      2011*  

Deferred tax assets:

     

Allowance for loan and lease losses

   $ 2,363       $ 2,204   

Accrued pension costs

     1,415         1,164   

Accrued supplemental benefit plans

     72         89   

Purchase accounting

     61         337   

Other-than-temporary impairment loss

     131         154   

AMT

     —           172   

Post-retirement benefits

     997         896   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Deferred Tax Assets

     5,039         5,016   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

     

Unrealized securities gains

     2,331         2,022   

Accumulated accretion

     59         38   

Accumulated depreciation

     479         498   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Deferred Tax Liabilities

     2,869         2,558   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net Deferred Tax Assets

   $ 2,170       $ 2,458   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

* - as restated see Note 28

In management’s opinion, the deferred tax assets are realizable in as much as there is a history of strong earnings and a carryback potential greater than the deferred tax assets. Management is not aware of any evidence that would preclude the realization of the benefit in the future and, accordingly, has not established a valuation allowance against the deferred tax assets.

 

85


Table of Contents

NOTE 20 — ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Accumulated other comprehensive income was ($290), ($278) and ($2,118) at December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Changes in each component of accumulated other comprehensive income for years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 were as follows:

 

     Unrealized              
     Gains on     Defined        
     Investment     Benefit        
     Securities     Plans*     Total  

Balance, December 31, 2011

   $ 3,926      $ (4,204   $ (278

Current period change

     598        (610     (12
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2012

   $ 4,524      $ (4,814   $ (290
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2010

   $ 1,098      $ (3,216   $ (2,118

Current period change

     2,828        (988     1,840   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2011

   $ 3,926      $ (4,204   $ (278
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2009

   $ 2,293      $ (2,791   $ (498

Current period change

     (1,195     (425     (1,620
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2010

   $ 1,098      $ (3,216   $ (2,118
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

* - as restated see Note 28

Other Comprehensive Income

The components of other comprehensive income are reported net of related tax effects in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income.

A reconciliation of other comprehensive income for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 is as follows:

 

           Tax     Net-of-  
     Pre-Tax     (Expense)     Tax  

2012

   Amount     Benefit     Amount  

Unrealized gains on available-for-sale securities:

      

Unrealized gains arising during the year

   $ 1,223      $ (416   $ 807   

Reclassification adjustment for gains recognized in net income

     317        (108     209   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net unrealized gains

     906        (308     598   

Change in funded status of employee benefit plans

     (924     314        (610
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other Comprehensive Income

   $ (18   $ 6      $ (12
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
           Tax     Net-of-  
     Pre-Tax     (Expense)     Tax  

2011*

   Amount     Benefit     Amount  

Unrealized gains on available-for-sale securities:

      

Unrealized gains arising during the year

   $ 4,873      $ (1,657   $ 3,216   

Reclassification adjustment for gains recognized in net income

     666        (226     440   

Recognition of other-than-temporary impairment losses

     (78     26        (52
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net unrealized gains

     4,285        (1,457     2,828   

Change in funded status of employee benefit plans

     (1,497     509        (988
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other Comprehensive Income

   $ 2,788      $ (948   $ 1,840   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

86


Table of Contents
           Tax     Net-of-  
     Pre-Tax     (Expense)     Tax  

2010*

   Amount     Benefit     Amount  

Unrealized losses on available-for-sale securities:

      

Unrealized losses arising during the year

   $ (1,265   $ 430      $ (835

Reclassification adjustment for gains recognized in net income

     546        (186     360   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net unrealized losses

     (1,811     616        (1,195

Change in funded status of employee benefit plans

     (644     219        (425
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other Comprehensive Income

   $ (2,455   $ 835      $ (1,620
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

* - as restated see Note 28

NOTE 21 — COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

Commitments to Extend Credit

In the normal course of business, there are outstanding commitments and contingent liabilities, created under prevailing terms and collateral requirements such as commitments to extend credit, financial guarantees and letters of credit, which are not reflected in the accompanying Financial Statements. The Company does not anticipate any losses as a result of these transactions. These instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the Balance Sheets.

The contract or notional amounts of those instruments reflect the extent of involvement the Company has in particular classes of financial instruments.

Financial instruments whose contract amounts represent credit risk at December 31, 2012 and 2011 are as follows:

 

     2012      2011  

Commitments to extend credit:

     

Fixed rate

   $ 67,094       $ 57,414   

Variable rate

   $ 107,823       $ 114,235   

Standby letters of credit

   $ 14,440       $ 19,054   

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have expiration dates of one year or less or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements.

Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers.

Legal Proceedings

Various actions and proceedings are presently pending to which the Company is a party. Management is of the opinion that the aggregate liabilities, if any, arising from such actions would not have a material adverse effect on the financial position of the Company.

Post-retirement Life Insurance Benefit

In 1995, the Company established a post-retirement life insurance benefit equal to three times the employees’ salary at retirement for all employees employed with the Company at July 1, 1995. Employees hired by the Company after July 1, 1995, received a post-retirement life insurance benefit equal to $50,000 at retirement, then decreasing to $5,000 by age 75. In June of this year, the Company amended the post-retirement life insurance benefit for all active employees, regardless of hire date, to a benefit of $50,000 at retirement, then decreasing by $5,000 a year to $5,000 at age 75. Since the product offered is term life insurance, the Company is exposed to increasing costs in future years.

The Company is evaluating various options to reduce or settle its obligation for benefits, to the current retiree group only. One option under consideration is a plan offered by an insurance company, as to this current retiree group, whereby the Company would enter into an agreement with the insurance company to transfer all risk and obligation for the benefits payable as to the current retiree group in exchange for a one-time fixed payment by the Company.

 

87


Table of Contents

The agreement would require a one-time payment to the insurance company, estimated to be $4.1 million. There would be no further cost to the Company as to the current retirees, after this payment. The Company would recognize a settlement charge, net of tax, of approximately $1.6 million in the period in which it occurs.

NOTE 22 — FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

The following table sets forth the Company’s financial assets that were accounted for at fair value and are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

Level I - Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access at the measurement date.

Level II - Observable inputs other than Level I prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; quoted prices in markets that are not active for identical or similar assets or liabilities; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

Level III - Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities that are developed using the reporting entities’ estimates and assumptions, which reflect those that market participants would use.

Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

A description of the valuation methodologies used for financial assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis, as well as the classification of the assets pursuant to the valuation hierarchy, are as follows:

Securities Available-for-Sale

Securities classified as available-for-sale are reported using Level I, Level II and Level III inputs. Level I instruments generally include equity securities valued in accordance with quoted market prices in active markets. Level II instruments include U.S. government agency obligations, state and municipal bonds, mortgage-backed securities and corporate bonds. For these securities, the Company obtains fair value measurements from an independent pricing service. The fair value measurements consider observable data that may include dealer quotes, market spreads, cash flows, the U.S. Treasury yield curve, live trading levels, trade execution data, market consensus prepayment speeds, credit information and the bond’s terms and conditions, among other things. Level III instruments include certain non-public equity securities and real estate sold under contract. See Note 3 – Investment Securities for additional information.

Assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis are summarized as follows:

 

December 31, 2012

   Level I      Level II      Level III      Total  

Assets:

           

Securities available-for-sale

           

U.S. Agency securities

   $ —         $ 84,682       $ —         $ 84,682   

Mortgage-backed securities:

           

Residential

     —           16,801         —           16,801   

States & political subdivisions:

           

Bank qualified tax exempt

     —           58,837         —           58,837   

Corporate securities:

           

Aaa credit rating

     —           —           —           —     

Equity securities:

           

Financial services industry

     1,071         —           —           1,071   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total securities available-for-sale

   $ 1,071       $ 160,320       $ —         $ 161,391   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

88


Table of Contents

December 31, 2011

   Level I      Level II      Level III      Total  

Assets:

           

Securities available-for-sale

           

U.S. Agency securities

   $ —         $ 77,985       $ —         $ 77,985   

Mortgage-backed securities:

           

Residential

     —           22,166         —           22,166   

States & political subdivisions:

           

Bank qualified tax exempt

     —           65,388         —           65,388   

Corporate securities:

           

Aaa credit rating

     —           1,004         —           1,004   

Equity securities:

           

Financial services industry

     943         —           —           943   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total securities available-for-sale

   $ 943       $ 166,543       $ —         $ 167,486   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis

Certain non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities, measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis, include foreclosed and non-performing assets, goodwill and intangible assets.

A description of the valuation methodologies and classification levels used for non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis are listed as follows:

Goodwill and Other Identifiable Intangibles

The Company employs general industry practices in evaluating the fair value of its goodwill and other identifiable intangibles. The Company calculates the fair value, with the assistance of a third party specialist, using a combination of the following valuation methods: dividend discount analysis under the income approach, which calculates the present value of all excess cash flows plus the present value of a terminal value and market multiples (pricing ratios) under the market approach. Management performed a review of goodwill and other identifiable intangibles as of December 31, 2012.

Impaired Loans

At December 31, 2012 certain impaired loans were re-measured and reported at fair value through a specific valuation allowance allocation of the allowance for loan and lease losses based upon the fair value of the underlying collateral and the evaluation of expected future cash flows. Impaired loans with a carrying value of $5,271 were reduced by a specific valuation allowance allocation totaling $1,226, to a total reported fair value of $4,045 based on collateral valuations utilizing Level III valuation inputs.

Federal Home Loan Bank Stock

Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh (FHLB) stock is a required investment in order for the Company to participate in a FHLB line of credit program. The FHLB stock is stated at par value as it is restricted to purchases and sales with the FHLB.

Other Real Estate Owned

Foreclosed real estate, which is considered to be non-financial assets, has been valued using a market approach. The values were determined using market prices of similar real estate assets, which the Company considered to be Level II inputs.

Preferred Stock

Preferred stock consists of an investment in Senior Housing Crime Prevention Foundation Investment Corporation, an entity which supports Community Reinvestment Act initiatives.

 

89


Table of Contents

Certain assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis as of December 31, 2012 is as follows:

 

Fair Value Measurement Using

 
      Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets/Liabilities
Level I
     Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
Level II
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

Level III
     Total  

Assets:

           

Core deposit intangible

   $ —         $ —         $ 838       $ 838   

Goodwill

     —           —           26,398         26,398   

Impaired loans

     —           —           4,045         4,045   

Federal Home Loan Bank stock

     —           —           4,212         4,212   

Other real-estate owned

     —           656         —           656   

Preferred stock

     —           —           660         660   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total non-financial assets

   $ —         $ 656       $ 36,153       $ 36,809   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Certain assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis as of December 31, 2011 is as follows:

 

Fair Value Measurement Using

 
      Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets/Liabilities
Level I
     Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
Level II
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

Level III
     Total  

Assets:

           

Core deposit intangible

   $ —         $ —         $ 1,106       $ 1,106   

Goodwill

     —           —           26,398         26,398   

Impaired loans

     —           —           2,876         2,876   

Federal Home Loan Bank stock

     —           —           4,953         4,953   

Other real-estate owned

     —           1,571         —           1,571   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total non-financial assets

   $ —         $ 1,571       $ 35,333       $ 36,904   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

A reconciliation of items in Level III for the year ended December 31, 2012 is as follows:

 

     Core
Deposit
Intangible
    Goodwill      Impaired
Loans
    Federal
Home Loan
Bank Stock
    Preferred
Stock
     Total  

Balance, December 31, 2011

   $ 1,106      $ 26,398       $ 2,876      $ 4,953      $ —         $ 35,333   

Amortization of core deposit intangible

     (268     —           —          —          —           (268

Increase in impaired loans

     —          —           3,895        —          —           3,895   

Decrease in impaired loans

     —          —           (1,661     —          —           (1,661

Payments received

     —          —           (1,065     (1,581     —           (2,646

Purchases

     —          —           —          840        660         1,500   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2012

   $ 838      $ 26,398       $ 4,045      $ 4,212      $ 660       $ 36,153   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

90


Table of Contents

A reconciliation of items in Level III for the year ended December 31, 2011 is as follows:

 

     Core
Deposit
Intangible
    Goodwill      Impaired
Loans
    Federal
Home Loan
Bank Stock
    Total  

Balance, December 31, 2010

   $ 1,410      $ 26,398       $ 3,078      $ 6,082      $ 36,968   

Amortization of core deposit intangible

     (304     —           —          —          (304

Increase in impaired loans

     —          —           2,586        —          2,586   

Decrease in impaired loans

     —          —           (2,178     —          (2,178

Payments received

     —          —           (610     (1,129     (1,739
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2011

   $ 1,106      $ 26,398       $ 2,876      $ 4,953      $ 35,333   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments

General Accepted Accounting Principles require disclosure of the estimated fair value of an entity’s assets and liabilities considered to be financial instruments. For the Company, as for most financial institutions, the majority of its assets and liabilities are considered financial instruments. However, many such instruments lack an available trading market, as characterized by a willing buyer and seller engaging in an exchange transaction. Also, it is the Company’s general practice and intent to hold its financial instruments to maturity and not to engage in trading or sales activities, except for certain loans and investments. Therefore, the Company had to use significant estimates and present value calculations to prepare this disclosure.

Changes in the assumptions or methodologies used to estimate fair values may materially affect the estimated amounts. Also, management is concerned that there may not be reasonable comparability between institutions due to the wide range of permitted assumptions and methodologies in the absence of active markets. This lack of uniformity gives rise to a high degree of subjectivity in estimating financial instrument fair values.

Estimated fair values have been determined by the Company using the best available data and an estimation methodology suitable for each category of financial instruments. The estimation methodologies used at December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 are outlined below. The methodologies for estimating the fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring or non-recurring basis are discussed in the fair value measurements section above. The estimated fair value approximates carrying value for cash and cash equivalents, accrued interest and the bank owned life insurance policies. The methodologies for other financial assets and financial liabilities are discussed below:

Short-term financial instruments

The carrying value of short-term financial instruments including cash and due from banks, federal funds sold, interest-bearing deposits in banks and other short-term investments and borrowings, approximates the fair value of these instruments. These financial instruments generally expose the Company to limited credit risk and have no stated maturities or have short-term maturities with interest rates that approximate market rates.

Investment securities held-to-maturity

The estimated fair values of investment securities held to maturity are based on quoted market prices provided by independent third parties that specialize in those investment sectors. If quoted market prices are not available, estimated fair values are based on quoted market prices of comparable instruments.

Loans

The loan portfolio, net of unearned income, has been valued by a third party specialist using quoted market prices, if available. When market prices were not available, a credit risk-based discounted cash flow analysis was utilized. The primary assumptions utilized in this analysis are the discount rate based on the LIBOR curve, adjusted for credit risk, and prepayment estimates based on factors such as refinancing incentives, age of the loan and seasonality. These assumptions were applied by loan category and different spreads were applied based upon prevailing market rates by category.

 

91


Table of Contents

Deposits

The estimated fair values of demand deposits (interest and non-interest bearing checking accounts, savings and money market accounts) are, by definition, equal to the amount payable on demand at the reporting date (their carrying amounts). The fair value for certificates of deposit was calculated by an independent third party by discounting contractual cash flows using current market rates for instruments with similar maturities, using a credit based risk model. The carrying amount of accrued interest receivable and payable approximates fair value.

Long-term borrowings

The amounts assigned to long-term borrowings were based on quoted market prices, when available, or based on discounted cash flow calculations using prevailing market interest rates for debt of similar terms.

The carrying and fair values of certain financial instruments are as follows:

 

     December 31, 2012  
     Carrying                         Total Fair  
     Value     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3     Value  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 47,844      $ 47,844       $ —         $ —        $ 47,844   

Investment securities held-to-maturity

     15,902        —           16,774         —          16,774   

Loans, net

     616,580        —           —           627,712        627,712   

Bank owned life insurance

     17,616        —           17,616         —          17,616   

Demand deposits

     546,734        —           546,734         —          546,734   

Time deposits

     175,214        —           178,037         —          178,037   

Short-term borrowings

     8,019        —           8,019         —          8,019   

Long-term borrowings

     45,397        —           48,625         —          48,625   

Standby Letters of Credit

   $ (144   $ —         $ —         $ (144   $ (144
     December 31, 2011  
     Carrying                         Total Fair  
     Value     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3     Value  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 34,480      $ 34,480       $ —         $ —        $ 34,480   

Investment securities held-to-maturity

     23,722        —           24,969         —          24,969   

Loans, net

     624,811        —           —           637,976        637,976   

Bank owned life insurance

     15,870        —           15,870         —          15,870   

Demand deposits

     505,790        —           505,790         —          505,790   

Time deposits

     214,728        —           218,163         —          218,163   

Short-term borrowings

     9,981        —           9,981         —          9,981   

Long-term borrowings

     58,220        —           62,125         —          62,125   

Standby Letters of Credit

   $ (191   $ —         $ —         $ (191   $ (191

NOTE 23 — OPERATING LEASES

The Company leases the land upon which the Mount Pocono Office was built and the land upon which a drive-up ATM was built on Meadow Avenue, Scranton. The Company also leases space at a location which is being used as a remote banking facility. Rental expense was $103 in 2012, $98 in 2011 and $94 in 2010. All leases contain renewal options. The Mount Pocono and the Meadow Avenue leases contain the right of first refusal for the purchase of the properties and provisions for annual rent adjustments based upon the Consumer Price Index.

 

92


Table of Contents

Future minimum rental commitments under these leases at December 31, 2012 are as follows:

 

     Mount      Meadow         
     Pocono      Avenue      Total  

2013

   $ 69       $ 25       $ 94   

2014

     69         25         94   

2015

     69         25         94   

2016

     29         17         46   

2017 and beyond

     —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total minimum payments required

   $ 236       $ 92       $ 328   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

NOTE 24 — LOANS TO DIRECTORS, PRINCIPAL OFFICERS AND RELATED PARTIES

The Company has had, and may be expected to have in the future, banking transactions in the ordinary course of business with directors, principal officers, their immediate families and affiliated companies in which they are principal equity holders (commonly referred to as related parties), on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with unrelated persons, and did not involve more than the normal risk of collectability or present other unfavorable features. A summary of loans to directors, principal officers and related parties is as follows:

 

Years Ended December 31,

   2012     2011  

Beginning Balance

   $ 10,611      $ 12,235   

Additions

     1,549        908   

Reclassifications

     (654     (1,699

Collections

     1,425        (833
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending Balance

   $ 10,081      $ 10,611   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

In addition to the loan amounts shown above, at December 31, 2012, the Bank had outstanding standby letters of credit for the accounts of related parties in the amount of $7,239.

NOTE 25 — REGULATORY MATTERS

The Company and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (Federal Reserve Board). Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory–and possibly additional discretionary–actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company and the Bank’s Consolidated Financial Statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of their assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Company and the Bank’s capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors.

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company and the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the following Capital Adequacy table) of Tier I and Total Capital to risk-weighted assets and of Tier I Capital to average assets (Leverage ratio). The table also presents the Company’s actual capital amounts and ratios. Management believes, as of December 31, 2012, that the Company and the Bank meet all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject.

As of December 31, 2012, the most recent regulatory notifications categorized the Bank as “well capitalized” under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as “well capitalized”, the Bank must maintain minimum Tier I Capital, Total Capital and Leverage ratios as set forth in the Capital Adequacy table. There are no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed the Company’s categorization by the FDIC.

The Company and Bank are also subject to minimum capital levels, which could limit the payment of dividends. As of December 31, 2012, the Company and Bank have capital levels that are in excess of the minimum capital level ratios required.

The Pennsylvania Banking Code restricts capital funds available for payment of dividends to the retained earnings of the Bank. The balances in the capital stock and surplus accounts are unavailable for dividends. Dividends from the Bank are the Company’s primary source of funds.

 

93


Table of Contents

In addition, the Bank is subject to restrictions imposed by Federal law on certain transactions with the Company’s affiliates. These transactions include extensions of credit, purchases of or investments in stock issued by an affiliate, purchases of assets subject to certain exceptions, acceptance of securities issued by an affiliate as collateral for loans, and the issuance of guarantees, acceptances, and letters of credit on behalf of affiliates. These restrictions prevent the Company’s affiliates from borrowing from the Bank unless the loans are secured by obligations of designated amounts. Further, the aggregate value of such transactions between the Bank and a single affiliate is limited in amount to 10 percent of the Bank’s capital stock and surplus, and the aggregate value of such transactions with all affiliates is limited to 20 percent of the Bank’s capital stock and surplus. The Federal Reserve System has interpreted “capital stock and surplus” to include undivided profits.

 

Actual

           Regulatory Requirements  
                         For Capital            To Be  
                         Adequacy Purposes            “Well Capitalized”  

As of December 31, 2012

   Amount      Ratio            Amount            Ratio            Amount             Ratio  

Total Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)

                          

PFSC (Company)

   $ 109,978         17.96     >       $ 48,994        >         8.0     >         N/A         >         N/A   

PSB (Bank)

   $ 106,135         17.35     >       $ 48,934        >         8.0     >       $ 61,167         >         10.0

Tier 1 Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)

                          

PFSC (Company)

   $ 102,906         16.80     >       $ 24,497        >         4.0     >         N/A         >         N/A   

PSB (Bank)

   $ 99,185         16.22     >       $ 24,467        >         4.0     >       $ 36,700         >         6.0

Tier 1 Capital (to Average Assets)

                          

PFSC (Company)

   $ 102,906         11.50     >       $       >         *        >         N/A         >         N/A   

PSB (Bank)

   $ 99,185         11.14     >       $       >         *        >       $ 44,526         >         5.0

PFSC - *3.0% ($26,850), 4.0% ($35,799) or 5.0% ($44,749) depending on the bank’s CAMELS Rating and other regulatory risk factors.

PSB - *3.0% ($26,716), 4.0% ($35,621) or 5.0% ($44,526) depending on the bank’s CAMELS Rating and other regulatory risk factors.

 

Actual

           Regulatory Requirements  
                         For Capital            To Be  
                         Adequacy Purposes            “Well Capitalized”  

As of December 31, 2011*

   Amount      Ratio            Amount            Ratio            Amount             Ratio  

Total Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)

                          

PFSC (Company)

   $ 104,401         16.87     >       $ 49,502        >         8.0     >         N/A         >         N/A   

PSB (Bank)

   $ 100,745         16.30     >       $ 49,456        >         8.0     >       $ 61,820         >         10.0

Tier 1 Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)

                          

PFSC (Company)

   $ 97,585         15.77     >       $ 24,751        >         4.0     >         N/A         >         N/A   

PSB (Bank)

   $ 94,034         15.21     >       $ 24,728        >         4.0     >       $ 37,092         >         6.0

Tier 1 Capital (to Average Assets)

                          

PFSC (Company)

   $ 97,585         10.82     >       $       >         *        >         N/A         >         N/A   

PSB (Bank)

   $ 94,034         10.48     >       $       >         *        >       $ 44,872         >         5.0

PFSC - *3.0% ($27,051), 4.0% ($36,068) or 5.0% ($45,085) depending on the bank’s CAMELS Rating and other regulatory risk factors.

PSB - *3.0% ($26,923), 4.0% ($35,898) or 5.0% ($44,872) depending on the bank’s CAMELS Rating and other regulatory risk factors.

 

* - as restated see Note 28

 

94


Table of Contents

NOTE 26 — PENSECO FINANCIAL SERVICES CORPORATION (PARENT CORPORATION)

The condensed Company-only information follows:

BALANCE SHEETS

 

December 31,

   2012      2011*  

Cash

   $ 10       $ 21   

Interest bearing balances with banks

     2,775         2,763   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

     2,785         2,784   

Investment in bank subsidiary

     128,679         123,681   

Equity investments

     1,039         911   

Other assets

     61         100   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Assets

   $ 132,564       $ 127,476   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

   $ 118       $ 143   

Total Stockholders’ Equity

     132,446         127,333   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

   $ 132,564       $ 127,476   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

STATEMENTS OF INCOME

 

Years Ended December 31,

   2012      2011*     2010*  

Dividends from bank subsidiary

   $ 5,504       $ 5,504      $ 5,504   

Dividends on investment securities

     51         35        31   

Interest on balances with banks

     6         8        7   

Impairment losses on investment securities

     —           (78     —     

Gain on sale of equities

     136         459        462   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total income

     5,697         5,928        6,004   

Other non-interest expense

     47         46        17   

Provision for income taxes

     59         154        173   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income before undistributed earnings of bank subsidiary

     5,591         5,728        5,814   

Undistributed earnings of bank subsidiary

     4,998         4,803        5,752   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income

   $ 10,589       $ 10,531      $ 11,566   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

95


Table of Contents

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

Years Ended December 31,

   2012     2011*     2010*  

Operating Activities:

      

Net income

   $ 10,589      $ 10,531      $ 11,566   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

      

Deferred income tax expense

     36        10        104   

Gain on sale of equities

     (136     (459     (462

Other-than-temporary impairment loss

     —          78        —     

Equity in undistributed net income of bank subsidiary

     (4,998     (4,803     (5,752

Decrease (increase) in other assets

     —          1        (2

(Decrease) increase in other liabilities

     (28     141        70   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     5,463        5,499        5,524   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investing Activities:

      

Purchase of equity investments

     (103     (300     (361

Proceeds from sales of equity securities

     145        467        707   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by investing activities

     42        167        346   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financing Activities:

      

Cash dividends paid

     (5,504     (5,504     (5,504
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used by financing activities

     (5,504 )      (5,504 )      (5,504 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

     1        162        366   

Cash and cash equivalents at January 1

     2,784        2,622        2,256   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at December 31

   $ 2,785      $ 2,784      $ 2,622   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

* - as restated see Note 28

NOTE 27 — SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)

 

2012

   First
Quarter
     Second
Quarter
     Third
Quarter
     Fourth
Quarter
 

Net Interest Income

   $ 8,187       $ 8,073       $ 8,010       $ 7,959   

Provision for Loan and Lease Losses

     192         114         471         147   

Non-Interest Income

     2,894         2,622         3,114         2,811   

Non-Interest Expenses and Taxes

     8,159         7,982         8,101         7,915   

Net Income

     2,730         2,599         2,552         2,708   

Earnings Per Share

   $ .84       $ .79       $ .78       $ .82   

2011*

   First
Quarter
     Second
Quarter
     Third
Quarter
     Fourth
Quarter
 

Net Interest Income

   $ 8,143       $ 8,027       $ 8,118       $ 8,080   

Provision for Loan and Lease Losses

     369         899         445         668   

Non-Interest Income

     3,304         3,055         3,552         2,708   

Non-Interest Expenses and Taxes

     8,352         7,621         8,451         7,651   

Net Income

     2,726         2,562         2,774         2,469   

Earnings Per Share

   $ .83       $ .78       $ .85       $ .75   

 

* - as restated see Note 28

 

96


Table of Contents

NOTE 28 — RESTATEMENT

During the quarter ended June 30, 2012, the Company became aware that the actuarially computed value of its postretirement benefit liability was inaccurate. The postretirement benefit plan provides employees with life insurance coverage that continues at various levels after retirement. Due to a change in the assumptions provided by the Company to its actuary as to the cost of future premiums, the actuarially computed unfunded liability was understated.

The restatement resulted in the following changes to numbers previously reported:

As of December 31, 2011, an increase in other liabilities (postretirement liability) of $2,525 and an increase in other assets (deferred taxes) of $858 resulted in a net decrease to Stockholders’ Equity of $1,667, from $129,000 to $127,333.

As of December 31, 2010, an increase in other liabilities (postretirement liability) of $2,206 and an increase in other assets (deferred taxes) of $750 resulted in a net decrease to Stockholders’ Equity of $1,456, from $121,922 to $120,466.

As of December 31, 2009, an increase in other liabilities (postretirement liability) of $2,080 and an increase in other assets (deferred taxes) of $707 resulted in a net decrease to Stockholders’ Equity of $1,373, from $117,397 to $116,024.

For the year ended December 31, 2011, an increase of $264 in salaries and employee benefits expense and a decrease of $90 in applicable income taxes, or a net reduction in net income of $174 from $10,705 to $10,531 or approximately $0.06 per share. Comprehensive income also was reduced by $211, from $12,582 to $12,371.

For the year ended December 31, 2010, an increase of $236 in salaries and employee benefits expense and a decrease of $80 in applicable income taxes, or a net reduction in net income of $156 from $11,722 to $11,566 or approximately $0.05 per share. Comprehensive income also was reduced by $83, from $10,029 to $9,946.

 

97


Table of Contents
MMQ      
McGrail Merkel Quinn & Associates, P.C.      
CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS & CONSULTANTS      
      Francis J. Merkel, CPA
      Joseph J. Quinn, CPA/ABV, CVA
      Daniel J. Gerrity, CPA
      Mary Ann E. Novak, CPA

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders

Penseco Financial Services Corporation

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Penseco Financial Services Corporation and subsidiary as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Penseco Financial Services Corporation and subsidiary as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Penseco Financial Services Corporation and subsidiary’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission, and our report dated March 14, 2013 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of Penseco Financial Services Corporation and subsidiary’s internal control over financial reporting.

/S/ McGrail Merkel Quinn & Associates, P.C.

Scranton, Pennsylvania

March 14, 2013

An Independently Owned Member McGladrey Alliance / McGladrey

Clay Avenue Professional Plaza, 1173 Clay Avenue, Scranton, PA 18510    570 961-0345 Fax: 570 961-8650

www.mmq.com

 

98


Table of Contents
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.

There were no changes in or disagreements with accountants on matters of accounting principles or practices or financial statement disclosures in 2012 or 2011.

 

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES.

Under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including our Chief Executive Officer (our principal executive officer) and Finance Division Head (our principal financial officer), we conducted an evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures, as such term is defined under Rule 13a-15(c) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Based upon this evaluation, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and the Company’s Finance Division Head concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the end of the period covered by this annual report. Management’s annual report on internal control over financial reporting is included below.

The Company continually assesses the adequacy of its internal control over financial reporting and enhances its controls in response to internal control assessments, and internal and external audit and regulatory recommendations. No changes in our internal control over financial reporting occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2012, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Management maintains a comprehensive system of controls intended to ensure that transactions are executed in accordance with management’s authorization, assets are safeguarded, and financial records are reliable. Management also takes steps to see that information and communication flows are effective and to monitor performance, including performance of internal control procedures.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate due to changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

The management of Penseco Financial Services Corporation is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Penseco Financial Services Corporation’s internal control system over financial reporting was designed to provide reasonable assurance to the Company’s management and Board of Directors regarding the preparation and fair presentation of published financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. All internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation.

The Company’s management, under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Finance Division Head, has evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012 based on the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Controls-Integrated Framework. Based on this assessment, management believes that, as of December 31, 2012, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective.

The effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012 has been audited by McGrail Merkel Quinn & Associates, P.C., an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing on the following page.

 

99


Table of Contents

MMQ

McGrail Merkel Quinn & Associates, P.C.

CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS & CONSULTANTS

     
     

Francis J. Merkel, CPA

Joseph J. Quinn, CPA/ABV, CVA

Daniel J. Gerrity, CPA

Mary Ann E. Novak, CPA

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders

Penseco Financial Services Corporation

We have audited Penseco Financial Services Corporation and subsidiary’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Penseco Financial Services Corporation and subsidiary’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (a) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (b) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (c) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

An Independently Owned Member McGladrey Alliance / McGladrey

Clay Avenue Professional Plaza, 1173 Clay Avenue, Scranton, PA 18510    570 961-0345 Fax: 570 961-8650

www.mmq.com

 

100


Table of Contents

In our opinion, Penseco Financial Services Corporation and subsidiary maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements of Penseco Financial Services Corporation and subsidiary and our report dated March 14, 2013 expressed an unqualified opinion.

/S/ McGrail Merkel Quinn & Associates, P.C.

Scranton, Pennsylvania

March 14, 2013

 

101


Table of Contents
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION.

None.

PART III

 

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE.

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to the information contained under the headings “Proposal 1–Election of Directors: Class of 2017,” “Management,” “Other Information Relating to Directors and Executive Officers–Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance,” “Corporate Governance–Code of Ethics” and “Corporate Governance–Committees of the Board of Directors” within the Definitive Proxy Statement to be filed with SEC relating to the Company’s Annual Meeting of Shareholders, to be held May 7, 2013, referred to as the “Proxy Statement.”

 

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to the information contained under the headings “Executive Compensation,” “Corporate Governance–Director Compensation,” “Compensation Discussion and Analysis,” “Compensation and Benefits Committee Report” and “Other Information Relating to Directors and Executive Officers–Compensation and Benefits Committee Interlocks and Insider Participants” within the Proxy Statement.

 

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to the information contained under the headings “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” and “Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans” within the Proxy Statement.

 

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE.

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to the information contained under the headings “Other Information Relating to Directors and Executive Officers–Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” and “Proposal 1–Election of Directors: Class of 2017” within the Proxy Statement.

 

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES.

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to the information contained under the heading “Proposal 3–Ratification of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” within the Proxy Statement.

 

102


Table of Contents

PART IV

 

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

 

(a) (1)    Financial Statements – The following financial statements are incorporated by reference in Part II, Item 8 hereof:

Balance Sheets

Consolidated Statements of Income

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

General Notes to Financial Statements

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

  (2) Financial Statement Schedules – The Financial Statement Schedules are incorporated by reference in Part II, Item 8 hereof.

 

  (3) Exhibits

The following exhibits are filed herewith or incorporated by reference as part of this Annual Report.

 

Exhibit
No.

  

Description

  2.1    Agreement and Plan of Merger by and among Penseco Financial Services Corporation, Penn Security Bank and Trust Company and Old Forge Bank, dated as of December 5, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant’s current report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 10, 2008).
  3.1.1    Articles of Incorporation of Penseco Financial Services Corporation, dated September 30, 1997 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s annual report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 30, 1998).
  3.1.2   

Articles of Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation of Penseco Financial Services Corporation, dated March 10, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1.2 to the Registrant’s annual report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on

March 14, 2011).

  3.1.3    Articles of Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation of Penseco Financial Services Corporation, dated February 23, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Registrant’s current report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 27, 2012).
  3.1.4    Articles of Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation of Penseco Financial Services Corporation, dated May 7, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s current report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on May 7, 2012).
  3.2.1    Amended and Restated By-Laws (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Registrant’s current report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 27, 2012).
  3.2.2   

Amendment to Amended and Restated Bylaws of Penseco Financial Services Corporation, effective May 7, 2012 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.2 of the Registrant’s current report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on

May 7, 2012).

  4.1    The Registrant will furnish to the SEC upon request copies of the instruments defining the rights of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh with respect to the Registrant’s long-term debt.
10.1*    Penseco Financial Services Corporation 2008 Long Term Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Annex A of the Registrant’s proxy statement on Schedule 14A filed with the SEC on March 17, 2008).

 

103


Table of Contents

Exhibit
No.

  

Description

10.2*    Form of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s registration statement on Form S-8 filed with the SEC on May 17, 2010).
10.3*    Form of Stock Option and/or Appreciation Right Award Agreement (incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s registration statement on Form S-8 filed with the SEC on May 17, 2010).
10.4*    Form of Performance Award Agreement (incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s registration statement on Form S-8 filed with the SEC on May 17, 2010).
10.5*   

Employment Agreement, dated January 3, 2011, among Penseco Financial Services Corporation, Penn Security Bank & Trust, and Craig W. Best (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s current report on

Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 7, 2011).

10.6*    Penn Security Bank & Trust Company Executive Deferred Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Registrant’s annual report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 14, 2011).
10.7*    Penn Security Bank & Trust Company Deferred Compensation Plan No. 2 (incorporated herein by reference to Appendix D of Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s current report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 7, 2011).
10.8*   

Penn Security Bank & Trust Company Employee Stock Ownership Plan, amended and restated as of January 1, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Registrant’s annual report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on

March 14, 2011).

10.9*    Penn Security Bank & Trust Company Excess Benefit Plan, amended and restated December 31, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Registrant’s annual report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 14, 2011).
10.10*    Stock Appreciation Rights Agreement by and between Penseco Financial Services Corporation and Craig W. Best dated as of January 3, 2006, filed herewith.
10.11*    Separation Agreement by and between Penn Security Bank and Trust Company and Stanley Cohen (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s current report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 23, 2011).
10.12*    Employment Agreement, dated May 30, 2012, among Penseco Financial Services Corporation, Penn Security Bank and Trust Company, and Thomas P. Tulaney (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 9, 2012).
10.13*    Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan Agreement, dated May 31, 2012, by and among Penn Security Bank and Trust Company, Penseco Financial Services Corporation, and Thomas P. Tulaney (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 9, 2012).
21.1    List of Subsidiaries of the registrant, filed herewith.
23.1    Consent of McGrail Merkel Quinn & Associates, P.C. relating to the financial statement of the Registrant, filed herewith.
31.1    Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of the Principal Executive Officer of Registrant, filed herewith.

 

104


Table of Contents

Exhibit
No.

  

Description

  31.2    Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of the Principal Financial Officer of Registrant, filed herewith.
  32.1    Section 1350 Certifications of the Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer of Registrant, filed herewith.
101.INS    XBRL Instance Document
101.SCH    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema
101.CAL    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase
101.DEF    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase
101.LAB    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase
101.PRE    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase

 

* - Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement

 

105


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Bank has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized on March 14, 2013.

 

By:  

/s/ Craig W. Best

  Craig W. Best
  President and CEO
By:  

/s/ Patrick Scanlon

  Patrick Scanlon
  Senior Vice President, Finance Division Head

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated on March 14, 2013.

 

By:  

/s/ Craig W. Best

    By:  

/s/ Robert W. Naismith

  Craig W. Best       Robert W. Naismith, Ph.D.
  President and CEO       Director
By:  

/s/ Joseph G. Cesare

    By:  

/s/ James B. Nicholas

  Joseph G. Cesare, M.D.       James B. Nicholas
  Director       Director
By:  

/s/ Richard E. Grimm

    By:  

/s/ Emily S. Perry

  Richard E. Grimm       Emily S. Perry
  Director       Director
By:  

/s/ D. William Hume

    By:  

/s/ Sandra C. Phillips

  D. William Hume       Sandra C. Phillips
  Director, Chairman of the Board       Director
By:  

/s/ James G. Keisling

    By:  

/s/ Steven L. Weinberger

  James G. Keisling       Steven L. Weinberger
  Director, Chairman of the Board       Director
By:  

/s/ P. Frank Kozik

     
  P. Frank Kozik      
  Director      

 

106


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
No.

  

Description

  10.10*    Stock Appreciation Rights Agreement by and between Penseco Financial Services Corporation and Craig W. Best dated as of January 3, 2006, as filed with the SEC on March 16, 2006 as Exhibit 10 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the Year Ended December 31, 2005.
  21.1    List of Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
  23.1    Consent of McGrail Merkel Quinn & Associates, P.C. relating to the financial statement of the Registrant.
  31.1    Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of the Principal Executive Officer of Registrant, filed herewith.
  31.2    Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of the Principal Financial Officer of Registrant, filed herewith.
  32.1    Section 1350 Certifications of the Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer of Registrant, filed herewith.
101.INS    XBRL Instance Document
101.SCH    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema
101.CAL    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase
101.DEF    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase
101.LAB    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase
101.PRE    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase

 

107